20.08.2013 Views

AR-122E/AR-152E/AR-153E/AR-157E Service-Manual GB

AR-122E/AR-152E/AR-153E/AR-157E Service-Manual GB

AR-122E/AR-152E/AR-153E/AR-157E Service-Manual GB

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles

YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.

(<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong>)<br />

SERVICE MANUAL<br />

CONTENTS<br />

Parts marked with “ ” are important for maintaining the safety of the machine. Be sure to replace these parts<br />

with the replacement parts specified to maintain the safety and performance of the machine.<br />

SH<strong>AR</strong>P CORPORATION<br />

CODE : 00Z<strong>AR</strong><strong>157E</strong>/A1E<br />

DIGITAL LASER COPIER/<br />

PRINTER<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong><br />

MODEL <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong><br />

[ 1 ] GENERAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 - 1<br />

[ 2 ] SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 - 1<br />

[ 3 ] CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 - 1<br />

[ 4 ] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES . . . . . . . . . 4 - 1<br />

[ 5 ] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 - 1<br />

[ 6 ] COPY PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 - 1<br />

[ 7 ] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 - 1<br />

[ 8 ] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 - 1<br />

[ 9 ] ADJUSTMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 - 1<br />

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 - 1<br />

[11] MAINTENANCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 - 1<br />

[12] USER PROGRAMS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 - 1<br />

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 - 1<br />

[14] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 - 1<br />

This document has been published to be used<br />

for after sales service only.<br />

The contents are subject to change without notice.


CAUTION<br />

This product is a class 1 laser product that complies with 21CFR 1040 of the CDRH standard and<br />

IEC825. This means that this machine does not produce hazardous laser radiation. The use of controls,<br />

adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous<br />

radiation exposure.<br />

This laser radiation is not a danger to the skin, but when an exact focusing of the laser beam is achieved<br />

on the eye’s retina, there is the danger of spot damage to the retina.<br />

The following cautions must be observed to avoid exposure of the laser beam to your eyes at the time of<br />

servicing.<br />

1) When a problem in the laser optical unit has occurred, the whole optical unit must be exchanged as a<br />

unit, not as individual parts.<br />

2) Do not look into the machine with the main switch turned on after removing the developer unit, toner<br />

cartridge, and drum cartridge.<br />

3) Do not look into the laser beam exposure slit of the laser optical unit with the connector connected<br />

when removing and installing the optical system.<br />

4) The middle frame contains the safety interlock switch.<br />

Do not defeat the safety interlock by inserting wedges or other items into the switch slot.<br />

LASER WAVE – LENGTH : 770 ~ 795nm<br />

Pulse times : 11.82µs/7mm<br />

Out put power : 0.17mW ± 0.01mW<br />

CAUTION<br />

INVISIBLE LASER RADIATION,<br />

WHEN OPEN AND INTERLOCKS DEFEATED.<br />

AVOID EXPOSURE TO BEAM.<br />

VORSICHT<br />

UNSICHTB<strong>AR</strong>E LASERSTRAHLUNG,<br />

WENN ABDECKUNG GEÖFFNET UND<br />

SICHERHEITSVERRIEGELUNG ÜBERBRÜCKT.<br />

NICHT DEM STRAHL AUSSETZEN.<br />

V<strong>AR</strong>O !<br />

AVATTAESSA JA SUOJALUKITUS<br />

OHITETTAESSA OLET ALTTIINA<br />

NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE ÄLÄ<br />

KATSO SÄTEESEEN.<br />

ADV<strong>AR</strong>SEL<br />

USYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING VED ÅBNING, NÅR<br />

SIKKERHEDSBRYDERE ER UDE AF<br />

FUNKTION. UNDGÅ UDSAETTELSE FOR<br />

STRÅLNING.<br />

V<strong>AR</strong>NING !<br />

OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING NÄR DENNA DEL<br />

ÄR ÖPPNAD OCH SPÄRREN ÄR URKOPPLAD.<br />

BETRAKTA EJ STRÅLEN. – STRÅLEN ÄR<br />

F<strong>AR</strong>LIG.


At the production line, the output power<br />

of the scanner unit is adjusted to 0.57<br />

MILLI-WATT PLUS 20 PCTS and is<br />

maintained constant by the operation of<br />

the Automatic Power Control (APC).<br />

Even if the APC circuit fails in operation<br />

for some reason, the maximum output<br />

power will only be 15 MILLI-WATT 0.1<br />

MICRO-SEC. Giving and accessible<br />

emission level of 42 MICRO-WATT<br />

which is still-less than the limit of<br />

CLASS-1 laser product.<br />

The foregoing is applicable only to the 220V<br />

model, 230V model and 240V model.<br />

Caution<br />

This product contains a low power laser<br />

device. To ensure continued safety do not<br />

remove any cover or attempt to gain access<br />

to the inside of the product. Refer all<br />

servicing to qualified personnel.<br />

Caution label on the unit<br />

The label ( ) in the fusing area of the unit indicates the following:<br />

: Caution, risk of danger<br />

: Caution, hot surface<br />

V<strong>AR</strong>OITUS! LAITTEEN KÄYTTÄMINEN MUULLA<br />

KUIN TÄSSÄ KÄYTTÖOHJEESSA MAINITULLA<br />

TAVALLA SAATTAA ALTISTAA KÄYTTÄJÄN<br />

TURVALLISUUSLUOKAN 1 YLITTÄVÄLLE<br />

NÄKYMÄTTÖMÄLLE LASERSÄTEILYLLE.<br />

V<strong>AR</strong>NING - OM APP<strong>AR</strong>ATEN ANVÄNDS PÅ ANNAT<br />

SÄTT ÄN I DENNA BRUKSANVISNING<br />

SPECIFICERATS, KAN ANVÄND<strong>AR</strong>EN UTSÄTTAS<br />

FÖR OSYNLIG LASERSTRÅLNING, SOM<br />

ÖVERSKRIDER GRÄNSEN FÖR LASERKLASS 1.<br />

LUOKAN 1 LASERLAITE<br />

KLASS 1 LASER APP<strong>AR</strong>AT


[1] GENERAL<br />

1. Major functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1<br />

[2] SPECIFICATIONS<br />

1. Basic Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1<br />

2. Operation specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1<br />

3. Copy performance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3<br />

4. RSPF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3<br />

[3] CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS<br />

1. Supply system table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1<br />

2. Environmental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2<br />

3. Production control number (lot No.) identification . . . . . . . 3-2<br />

4. TD cartridge replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3<br />

[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES<br />

1. Appearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1<br />

2. Internal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1<br />

3. Operation panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2<br />

4. Motors and solenoids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4<br />

5. Sensors and switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5<br />

6. PWB unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6<br />

7. Cross sectional view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7<br />

[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION<br />

1. Copier installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1<br />

2. Cautions on handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1<br />

3. Checking packed components and accessories . . . . . . . . 5-1<br />

4. Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2<br />

5. Removing protective packing materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2<br />

6. Developer unit installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2<br />

7. Toner cartridge installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3<br />

8. Loading copy paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

9. Power to copier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

10. Moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4<br />

[6] COPY PROCESS<br />

1. Functional diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1<br />

2. Outline of print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2<br />

3. Actual print process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2<br />

[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS<br />

1. Outline of operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1<br />

2. Scanner section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2<br />

3. Laser unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

4. Fuser section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3<br />

5. Paper feed section and paper transport section . . . . . . . . 7-4<br />

6. SPF section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7<br />

7. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/<br />

document transport (Duplex model) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8<br />

CONTENTS<br />

[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY<br />

1. High voltage section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-1<br />

2. Operation panel section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4<br />

3. Optical section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5<br />

4. Fusing section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7<br />

5. Tray paper feed/transport section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9<br />

6. <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15<br />

7. Rear frame section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19<br />

8. Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20<br />

9. 2nd cassette section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20<br />

10. Duplex motor section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22<br />

11. Reverse roller section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23<br />

12. RSPF section (RSPF model only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-23<br />

[9] ADJUSTMENTS<br />

1. Optical section. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1<br />

2. Copy density adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4<br />

3. High voltage adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5<br />

4. Duplex adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6<br />

[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES<br />

1. Entering the simulation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1<br />

2. List of simulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-2<br />

3. Contents of simulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-3<br />

4. Trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-17<br />

[11] MAINTENANCE<br />

1. Maintenance table. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1<br />

2. Maintenance display system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11-1<br />

[12] USER PROGRAMS<br />

1. Functions that can be set with user programs. . . . . . . . . .12-1<br />

2. Change the setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-1<br />

3. Density level adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2<br />

4. Toner save mode setup and cancel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12-2<br />

[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION<br />

1. Block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-1<br />

2. Circuit descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13-3<br />

[14] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM<br />

1. MCU PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-1<br />

2. OPERATION PWB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-10<br />

3. POWER SUPPLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-11<br />

4. NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-13<br />

5. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-15


[1] GENERAL<br />

1. Major functions<br />

Configurations<br />

Item<br />

Descriptions of items<br />

CPM SB/MB 2 Tray SPF R-SPF<br />

Color<br />

Scanner<br />

GDI<br />

printer<br />

CPM: Copy speed (Copies Per Minute)<br />

SB/MB: SB = <strong>Manual</strong> feed single bypass, MB = <strong>Manual</strong> feed multi bypass<br />

2 tray: Second cassette unit.<br />

SPF: Original feed unit<br />

R-SPF: Duplex original feed unit<br />

Color scanner: Color scanner function<br />

GDI printer: GDI printer function with USB.<br />

PCL printer: PCL printer function with USB.<br />

SOPM: Scan Once Print Many function (Many copies are made by one scan.)<br />

Duplex: Auto duplex copy function<br />

Memory: Standard page memory<br />

FAX: FAX function.<br />

Descriptions of table<br />

: Standard provision<br />

: No function or no option available<br />

Opt: Option<br />

∗1: AL-12PKM<br />

∗2: <strong>AR</strong>-PG2<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> GENERAL 1 - 1<br />

PCL<br />

printer<br />

SOPM Duplex Memory FAX<br />

Model<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong> 12CPM SB Opt ∗1 Opt ∗1 8M<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong> 15CPM SB Opt ∗1 Opt ∗1 8M<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> 15CPM MB Opt Opt Opt ∗2 Opt ∗2 8M<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong> 15CPM MB Opt ∗2 Opt ∗2 16M<br />

(Options)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-SP5<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-D16<br />

AL-12PKM<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-PG2


[2] SPECIFICATIONS<br />

1. Basic Specifications<br />

Item<br />

Type Desktop<br />

Copy system Dry, electrostatic<br />

Segment (class) Digital personal copier<br />

Copier dimensions <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong> 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong> 20.4"(W)X18.2"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X462.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> 20.4"(W)X19.4"(D)X11.6"(H) (518mm(W)X492.5mm(D)X295.6mm(H))<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong> 20.4"(W)X19.4"(D)X18.3"(H) (518mm(W)X492.5mm(D)X465.4mm(H))<br />

Weight<br />

(Approximately)<br />

2. Operation specifications<br />

Paper feed<br />

section<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong> 35.3lbs.(17Kg) TD and drum cartridges included<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong> 35.3lbs.(17Kg)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> 35.3lbs.(17Kg)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong> 50.7lbs.(24Kg)<br />

Section, item Details<br />

Paper feed<br />

system<br />

AB system Tray paper feed<br />

section<br />

Multi bypass paper<br />

feed section<br />

Single bypass paper<br />

feed section<br />

Inch system Tray paper feed<br />

section<br />

Multi bypass paper<br />

feed section<br />

Single bypass paper<br />

feed section<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong> 1 tray (250 sheet) + single bypass<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> 1 tray (250 sheet) + multi bypass (50 sheet)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong> 2 tray (500 sheet) + multi bypass (50 sheet)<br />

Paper size A4, B5, A5 (Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 56 - 80g/m2 (15 - 21 lbs.)<br />

Paper feed capacity 250 sheets<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 52 - 128g/m2 (14 - 34.5 lbs.)<br />

Paper feed capacity 50 sheets<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,<br />

Label, Envelop (Single copy)<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper size A4, B5, A5, B6, A6 (Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 52 - 128g/m2 (14 - 34.5 lbs.)<br />

Paper feed capacity 1 sheet<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,<br />

Label, Postal card, Envelop, Post card (Including<br />

double postal without fold line)<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 15 - 21 lbs.<br />

Paper feed capacity 250 sheets<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2", 3-1/2" x 5-1/2"<br />

(Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.<br />

Paper feed capacity 50 sheets<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,<br />

Label, Envelop (Single copy)<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper size 8-1/2" x 14", 8-1/2 x 11", 8-1/2" x 5-1/2" (Landscape)<br />

Paper weight 14 - 34.5 lbs.<br />

Paper feed capacity 1 sheet<br />

Kinds Standard paper, specified paper, recycled paper, OHP,<br />

Label, Envelop<br />

Remark User adjustment of paper guide available<br />

Paper exit section Exit way Face down<br />

Capacity of output tray 100 sheets<br />

Originals Original set Center Registration (left edge)<br />

Max. original size A4 (8-1/2" x 14")<br />

Original kinds sheet, book<br />

Original size detection None<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 1


Optical section Scanning<br />

section<br />

Section, item Details<br />

Writing<br />

section<br />

Scanning system 3 CCDs (R<strong>GB</strong>) sensor scanning by lighting white lamp<br />

CCD sensor Resolution 600 dpi<br />

Lighting lamp Type CCFL<br />

Voltage 1100Vrms (Min)<br />

Power consumption 9.6W (Max)<br />

Output data R, G, B 1 or 8 bits/pixel / A/D 16bit<br />

Writing system Writing to OPC drum by the semiconductor laser<br />

Laser unit Resolution 600 dpi<br />

Image forming Photoconductor type OPC (30ø)<br />

Life 25k<br />

Charger Charging system Saw -tooth charging with a grid, / (-) scorotron<br />

discharge<br />

Transfer system (+) DC scorotron system<br />

Separation system (-) DC scorotron system<br />

Developing Developing system Dry, 2-component magnetic brush development system<br />

Cleaning Cleaning system Counter blade system (Counter to rotation)<br />

Fusing section Fusing system Heat roller system<br />

Upper heat roller type Teflon roller<br />

Lower heat roller type Silicon rubber roller<br />

Heater lamp type Halogen lamp<br />

Voltage 120V/230V<br />

Power consumption 800W<br />

Electrical section Power source Voltage 100V, 110V, 120/127V, 230V, 240V<br />

Frequency Common use for 50 and 60Hz<br />

Power consumption Max. Less than 1000W<br />

Average<br />

(during copying)<br />

*1) May fluctuate due to environmental conditions and the input voltage.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong> 300 Wh/H *1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong> 300 Wh/H *1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> 300 Wh/H *1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong> 310 Wh/H *1)<br />

Average (stand-by) 80Wh/H *1)<br />

Pre-heat mode 18Wh/H *1)<br />

Auto power shut-off mode 4.5Wh/H *1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 2


3. Copy performance<br />

4. RSPF<br />

Section, item Details <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong> <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong> <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>153E</strong> <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong><br />

Copy magnification Fixed<br />

magnification<br />

ratios<br />

Zooming<br />

magnification<br />

ratios<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> steps<br />

(manual, photo)<br />

3 Reduction + 2 Enlargement<br />

(AB system : 25, 70, 86, 100, 141, 400%)<br />

(Inch system : 25, 64, 78, 100, 129, 400%)<br />

25 - 400%<br />

(376 steps in 1% increments)<br />

Copy speed First copy time Tray paper feed 9.6 sec. (Pre-heat mode:25 sec. / Auto power-shut-off mode : 40 sec.)<br />

A4 or Letter/100%/Auto Exposure<br />

AB system Copy speed Same size 12 15 15 15<br />

A4<br />

(CPM) Enlargement 12 15 15 15<br />

(Landscape)<br />

Reduction 12 15 15 15<br />

AB system Copy speed Same size 12 15 15 15<br />

B5<br />

(CPM) Enlargement 12 15 15 15<br />

(Landscape)<br />

Reduction 12 15 15 15<br />

Inch system Copy speed Same size 12 12 12 12<br />

8-1/2" x 14" (CPM) Enlargement 12 12 12 12<br />

(Landscape)<br />

Reduction 12 12 12 12<br />

Inch system Copy speed Same size 12 15 15 15<br />

8-1/2" x 11" (CPM) Enlargement 12 15 15 15<br />

(Landscape)<br />

Reduction 12 15 15 15<br />

Max. continuous copy quantity 99<br />

Void Void area leading edge 1 - 4mm<br />

Trailing edge 4mm or less, 6mm or less (Duplex copying/both image)<br />

Side edge void area 0.5mm or more (per side)<br />

4.5mm or less (total of both sides)<br />

Image loss leading edge same size: 3.0mm or less (OC) / 4mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex)<br />

Enlarge: 2mm or less (OC) / 3mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/Duplex)<br />

Reduction (50%): 6.0mm or less (OC) / 8mm or less (SPF/R-SPF/<br />

Duplex)<br />

Warm-up time 0 sec.<br />

Power save mode reset time 0 sec.<br />

Paper jam recovery time 0 sec.<br />

Original capacity 30 sheets (52 to 90g/m 2 )(14 to 23.9 lbs.)<br />

Original size A4 to A5/10" x 14" to 5-1/2" x 8-1/2"<br />

Original replacement speed 12CPM(A4/8-1/2" x 11"Landscape)(15CPM model)<br />

Job speed(Tray1,Landscape) Single copy S to S 12CPM<br />

S to D 5.6CPM<br />

D to S 5.5CPM<br />

D to D 5.2CPM<br />

Multi copy S to S 15CPM<br />

D to S 15CPM<br />

Original placement Face up<br />

Original weight 52 to 90g/m 2 (14 - 23.9lbs.)<br />

Mixed feeding(Paper size) Performance Degraded<br />

Original which cannot Thermal papers, originals with punch holes for files, be used folded paper, transparent<br />

originals such as OHP films, stapled or clip used originals with cover up liquid used,<br />

Originals with tape sealed, originals with high level frictional coefficient such as photos or<br />

catalogs.<br />

5 steps<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SPECIFICATIONS 2 - 3


[3] CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS<br />

1. Supply system table<br />

A. SEC governments<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner<br />

× 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-152MT-J 1 ∗ Life setup is based on A4<br />

(Toner: Net Weight 210g)<br />

6%.<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

MT=NT ∗10<br />

B. SEC/SECL/LAG<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner<br />

× 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-152MT 1 ∗ Life setup is based on A4<br />

(Toner: Net Weight 210g)<br />

6%.<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

MT=NT ∗10<br />

2 Developer Developer<br />

(Developer: Net Weight 170g)<br />

× 10 250K <strong>AR</strong>-152MD 1 MD=ND ∗10<br />

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K <strong>AR</strong>-152DR 10<br />

Drum fixing plate × 1<br />

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 2 languages, English/French.<br />

Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN<br />

C. Europe subsidiaries/East Europe/SCA/SCNZ<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner<br />

(Toner: Net Weight 210g)<br />

× 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-152LT 1 LT=T ∗10<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

2 Developer Developer<br />

(Developer: Net Weight 170g)<br />

× 10 250K <strong>AR</strong>-152LD 1 LD=DV ∗10<br />

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K <strong>AR</strong>-152DM 10<br />

Drum fixing plate × 1<br />

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 4 languages, English/French/German/Spanish.<br />

Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN<br />

D. SMEF (Middle East, Africa) Israel/Russia/CIS/Taiwan/Philippines<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner<br />

× 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-<strong>152E</strong>T 1 ∗ Life setup is based on A4<br />

(Toner: Net Weight 210g)<br />

6%.<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

ET=FT ∗10<br />

2 Developer Developer<br />

(Developer: Net Weight 170g)<br />

× 10 250K <strong>AR</strong>-152CD 1 CD=SD ∗10<br />

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K <strong>AR</strong>-152DR 10<br />

Drum fixing plate × 1<br />

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 4 languages, English/French/German/Spanish.<br />

Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN<br />

E. Asia (Subsidiary)<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner<br />

× 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-152CT 1 ∗ Life setup is based on A4<br />

(Toner: Net Weight 210g)<br />

6%.<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

CT=ST ∗10<br />

2 Developer Developer<br />

(Developer: Net Weight 170g)<br />

× 10 250K <strong>AR</strong>-152CD 1 CD=SD ∗10<br />

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K <strong>AR</strong>-152DR 10<br />

Drum fixing plate × 1<br />

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 4 languages, English/French/German/Spanish.<br />

Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS 3 - 1


F. SRH Chinese language version<br />

No. Name Content Life Product name Package Remark<br />

1 Toner CA(Black) Toner (Toner: Net Weight 210g) × 10 80K <strong>AR</strong>-152CT-C 1 ∗ Life setup is based on A4<br />

Polyethylene bag × 10<br />

6%.<br />

CTC=STC ∗10<br />

2 Developer Developer (Developer: Net<br />

Weight 170g)<br />

× 10 250K <strong>AR</strong>-152CD-C 1 CDC=SDC ∗10<br />

3 Drum kit Drum × 1 25K <strong>AR</strong>-152DR-C 10<br />

Drum fixing plate × 1<br />

Note: Printing of the master/individual cartons is made in 2 languages, English/Chinese.<br />

Packed together with the machine: DR 25K/Developer UN/Process UN<br />

2. Environmental<br />

The environmental conditions for assuring the copy quality and the<br />

machine operations are as follows:<br />

(1) Normal operating condition<br />

Temperature: 20°C to 25<br />

Humidity: 65 ± 5%RH<br />

(2) Acceptable operating condition<br />

Humidity (RH)<br />

85%<br />

60%<br />

20%<br />

(3) Optical condition<br />

Humidity (RH)<br />

90%<br />

60%<br />

15%<br />

(4) Supply storage condition<br />

Humidity (RH)<br />

90%<br />

20%<br />

10˚C 30˚C 35˚C<br />

–25˚C 30˚C 40˚C<br />

–5˚C 45˚C<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS 3 - 2<br />

3. Production control number (lot No.)<br />

identification<br />

<br />

∗: Destination<br />

Division No.<br />

EX Destination<br />

A same pack<br />

B same pack<br />

G<br />

H<br />

Option Destination<br />

A<br />

B<br />

P<br />

Q<br />

<br />

The label on the drum cartridge shows the date of production.<br />

(SOCC production)<br />

<br />

Ver.A 9 1<br />

1<br />

0001<br />

X<br />

Production month<br />

Production day<br />

Destination code<br />

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)<br />

Production place<br />

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)<br />

End digit of year<br />

Version No.<br />

Production month<br />

Production day<br />

Destination code<br />

(Dealer, distributor, OEM, etc.)<br />

Production place<br />

(SOCC: Fixed to B.)<br />

End digit of year<br />

Version No.<br />

Production month<br />

(1 - 9 = Jan. - Sep. 0 = Oct. X = Nov. Y = Dec.)<br />

Serial number of month<br />

Fixed to 1.<br />

Pack division<br />

(See table below)<br />

End digit of year<br />

Version No.


Division No.<br />

Ex production 1<br />

Option 2<br />

Same pack 3<br />

∗1 The production control label is not attached to the cartridge of a<br />

China product.<br />

<br />

Production control<br />

label attachment position<br />

Production control<br />

label attachment position(*1)<br />

Sub lot<br />

Production day<br />

Production month<br />

End digit of year<br />

Production place<br />

4. TD cartridge replacement<br />

1) Open the front and side cabinets of the copier.<br />

2) Keep holding Toner lover, and<br />

3) Carefully pull out Toner unit from the copier.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CONSUMABLE P<strong>AR</strong>TS 3 - 3<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4) Put Toner unit in a collection bag immediately after removing it<br />

from the copier<br />

Note: Never carry exposed Toner unit. Be sure to put it in the<br />

collection bag.<br />

1


[4] EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES<br />

1. Appearance<br />

1 Original cover 2 Side cover 3 Bypass tray<br />

4 Bypass tray guides 5 Side cover open button 6 Front cover<br />

7 Paper tray 8 Operation panel 9 Original table<br />

10 Document feeder tray 11 SPF exit area *1 / RSPF exit area *2 12 Original guides<br />

13 Feeding roller cover 14 USB interface 15 Parallel interface<br />

16 Paper output tray 17 Paper output tray extension 18 Power switch<br />

19 Handle 20 Power cord<br />

*1 SPF only *2 RSPF only<br />

2. Internal<br />

SPF/RSPF<br />

11<br />

10<br />

9<br />

8<br />

6<br />

7<br />

12<br />

13<br />

5<br />

Single bypass<br />

1<br />

5<br />

Interface<br />

1 14<br />

1 Toner cartridge lock release button 2 Toner cartridge 3 Drum cartridge<br />

4 Drum cartridge handle 5 Fusing unit release lever 6 Charger cleaner<br />

7 Transfer charger<br />

4<br />

2<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 1<br />

6<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

4<br />

3<br />

7<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20


3. Operation panel<br />

(<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>)<br />

(<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong>)<br />

1 Duplex Mode select key and indicator<br />

(RSPF only)<br />

13<br />

Inch system<br />

3 Light and dark keys and exposure indicators<br />

Use to adjust the MANUAL or PHOTO exposure level.<br />

Selected exposure level is shown by a lit indicator.<br />

Use to start and terminate user program setting.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 2<br />

7<br />

15<br />

10 11 12<br />

16<br />

17<br />

10 11 12<br />

2 Exposure mode selector key and indicators<br />

Use to sequentially select the exposure modes: AUTO, MANUAL or<br />

PHOTO. Selected mode is shown by a lit indicator.<br />

4 Alarm indicators<br />

Developer replacement required indicator<br />

Misfeed indicator<br />

Toner cartridge replacement required indicator *1<br />

Maintenance indicator<br />

5 SPF/RSPF indicator 6 SPF misfeed indicator<br />

7 Copy ratio selector key and copy ratio indicators<br />

Use to sequentially select preset reduction/enlargement copy ratios.<br />

Selected copy ratio is shown by a lit indicator.<br />

8 Copy ratio display (%) key<br />

9 Display<br />

Displays the specified copy quantity, zoom copy ratio, user program<br />

code, and error code.<br />

10 SCANNER key and indicator *2, *3<br />

11 ON LINE key / indicator<br />

12 Power save indicator<br />

Lights up when the machine is used as a printer and scanner. *2 Lights up when the copier is in a power save mode.<br />

13 Paper feed location indicators<br />

14 Tray select key<br />

Light up to show the selected paper feed station.<br />

Use to select a paper feed station (paper tray or bypass tray).<br />

15 Zoom keys / indicator<br />

16 Copy quantity keys<br />

Use to select any reduction or enlargement copy ratio from 25% to • Use to select the desired copy quantity (1 to 99).<br />

400% in 1% increments.<br />

Use to make user program entries.<br />

17 Clear key<br />

18 Print key and ready indicator<br />

Press to clear the display, or press during a copy run to terminate Copying is possible when the indicator is on.<br />

copying.<br />

Use to set a user program.<br />

Press and hold down during standby to display the total number of<br />

copies made to date.<br />

Press to start copying<br />

18


*1. Toner Developer Cartridge Replacement<br />

When toner density is lower than a specified level, the TONER<br />

DEVELOPER C<strong>AR</strong>TRIDGE REPLACEMENT indicator lights up to<br />

warn the user. If the Toner Developer Cartridge is not replaced in<br />

that time, the Ready Lamp changes to blinking and then start to<br />

supply the toner after around 10 copies. (Cartridge replacement<br />

lamp continues to light.) If toner density is not back to specific level<br />

after two minutes, the READY indicator goes out and Toner Developer<br />

indicator starts blinking, and the copier stops.<br />

*2. Indicators on the operation panel<br />

The ON LINE indicator and the start ( ) indicator indicate the<br />

state of the printer or scanner.<br />

Start indicator<br />

On: Indicates the unit is ready for copying or scanning is<br />

being performed.<br />

Blinking: Indicates that an interrupt print job is in progress, or that<br />

the unit is initializing (the cover has been opened and<br />

closed or the power turned off and on).<br />

Off: Indicates copying or scanning is being performed or the<br />

unit is in the auto power shut-off mode.<br />

ON LINE indicator<br />

The ON LINE key is pressed and on line and off line are changed.<br />

Power save indicator<br />

Scanner indicator<br />

SCANNER indicator<br />

ON LINE indicator<br />

Start indicator<br />

Power save indicator<br />

On: Indicates the unit is ready for printing or scanning is<br />

being performed. (On line)<br />

Blinking: Printing or data is being received from a computer.<br />

Off: Copying is being performed. (Off line)<br />

On: Indicates the unit is in a power save mode.<br />

On: The SCANNER ( ) key has been pressed and the unit<br />

is in scanner mode.<br />

Blinking: A scan job is being executed from the computer, or scan<br />

data is stored in the unit's memory.<br />

Off: The unit is in the copy mode.<br />

*3. Using the SCANNER key to begin scanning<br />

This scanning method can only be used if the Button Manager has<br />

been installed using the installer. To scan using this method, you<br />

must first complete the settings in Button Manager in your computer.<br />

For more information on Button Manager, see the online<br />

manual or the help file for Button Manager.<br />

Note:<br />

Scanning is not possible during a copy job.<br />

If the unit is used to begin a scan job during a print job using the<br />

parallel interface connection or the USB interface connection,<br />

the scan job will be stored and scanning will begin when the print<br />

job is completed.<br />

When scanning an original that has been placed in the SPF/<br />

RSPF, only one original can be placed unless you are using<br />

Sharpdesk.<br />

1) Press the SCANNER ( ) key.<br />

The unit enters scan mode.<br />

2) Place the original you wish to scan on the original table/SPF/<br />

RSPF.<br />

For the procedure for placing the original, see "ORIGINAL<br />

PLACEMENT".<br />

3) Press the right copy quantity key to display the number of the<br />

application that you wish to use for scanning.<br />

The application numbers are initially as follows.<br />

The application numbers are initially as follows.<br />

Application<br />

number<br />

Application launched<br />

SC1 Sharpdesk (if installed)<br />

SC2 E-mail (your standard e-mail program in the<br />

Windows OS you are using)<br />

SC3 Fax (if a fax program is installed)<br />

SC4 OCR (if an OCR program is installed)<br />

SC5 Microsoft Word (if installed)<br />

SC6 Any application set in Button Manager<br />

4) Press the start ( ) key.<br />

The selected application launches and scanning begins.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 3


4. Motors and solenoids<br />

No. Part name Control signal Function / Operation<br />

1 Main motor MM Drives the copier.<br />

2 Scanner motor MRMT Drives the optical mirror base (scanner unit).<br />

3 Toner motor TM Supplies toner.<br />

4 Cooling fan motor VFM Cools the optical section.<br />

5 Resist roller solenoid RRS Resist roller rotation control solenoid<br />

6 Paper feed solenoid CPFS1 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 1<br />

7 Multi paper feed solenoid MPFS Multi manual pages feed solenoid<br />

8 SPF motor SPFM Drives the single pass feeder<br />

9 Duplex motor DMT Devices the duplex paper transport section<br />

10 Original feed solenoid SPUS Original feed solenoid<br />

11 Paper feed solenoid CPFS2 Cassette Paper feed solenoid 2<br />

12 SRRC Original resist roller solenoid<br />

13 SPFS Original paper feed solenoid<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 4<br />

9<br />

13<br />

2<br />

3<br />

8<br />

11<br />

12<br />

6<br />

7<br />

10<br />

4<br />

1<br />

5


5. Sensors and switches<br />

1<br />

8<br />

No. Name Signal Type Function Output<br />

1 Scanner unit home position<br />

sensor<br />

MHPS Transmission sensor Scanner unit home position detection "H" at home position<br />

2 POD sensor POD Transmission sensor Paper exit detection "H" at paper pass<br />

3 PPD2 sensor PPD2 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 2 "L" at paper pass<br />

4 Cassette detection switch CED1 Micro-switch Cassette installation detection "L" at cassette insertion<br />

5 <strong>Manual</strong> feed detection MFD Transmission sensor <strong>Manual</strong> feed paper detection "L" at paper detection<br />

switch<br />

(single only)<br />

6 PPD1 sensor PPD1 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 1 "L" at paper pass<br />

7 Door switch DSW Micro-switch Door open/close detection<br />

(safety switch for 24V)<br />

1 or 0V of 24V at door open<br />

8 Drum reset switch DRST Micro-switch New drum detection switch Instantaneously "L" at insertion of new<br />

drum<br />

9 SPF sensor SPID/ Transmission sensor Paper entry detection<br />

"L" at paper pass<br />

SD SW<br />

Cover open/close detection<br />

10 SPPD sensor SPPD Transmission sensor Paper transport detection "L" at paper pass<br />

11 SDOD sensor SDOD Transmission sensor SPF open/close detection Book<br />

sensor<br />

"L" at paper pass<br />

12 2nd cassette DSW Micro-switch 2nd cassette door open detection 1 or 0V of 5V at door open<br />

13 PPD3 sensor PPD3 Transmission sensor Paper transport detection 3 "L" at paper pass<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 5<br />

11<br />

2<br />

7<br />

13<br />

9<br />

6<br />

5<br />

10<br />

4<br />

12<br />

3


6. PWB unit<br />

1<br />

4<br />

5<br />

3<br />

7<br />

No. Name Function<br />

1 Exposure lamp invertor PWB Exposure lamp (CCFL) control<br />

2 Main PWB (MCU) Copier control<br />

3 Operation PWB Operation input/display<br />

4 Power PWB AC power input, DC voltage control, High voltage control<br />

5 CCD sensor PWB For image scanning<br />

6 LSU motor PWB For polygon motor drive<br />

7 TCS PWB For toner sensor control<br />

8 LSU PWB For laser control<br />

9 I/F PWB Scanner/GDI Printer control (parallel I/F, USB I/F)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 6<br />

9<br />

2<br />

6<br />

8


7. Cross sectional view<br />

1<br />

2<br />

4<br />

3<br />

5<br />

14<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> EXTERNAL VIEWS AND INTERNAL STRUCTURES 4 - 7<br />

18<br />

13<br />

15 16<br />

No. Part name Function and operation<br />

1 Scanner unit Illuminates the original with the copy lamp and passes the reflected light to the lens unit(CCD).<br />

2 Exposure lamp Exposure lamp (CCFL) Illuminates original<br />

3 LSU (Laser unit) Converts the original image signal into laser beams and writes onto the drum.<br />

4 Paper exit roller Roller for paper exit<br />

5 Main charger Provides negative charges evenly to the drum surface.<br />

6 Heat roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Teflon roller)<br />

7 Pressure roller Fuses toner on the paper. (Silicon rubber roller)<br />

8 Drum Forms images.<br />

9 Transfer unit Transfers images onto the drum.<br />

10 Pickup roller Picks up the manual feed paper. (In multi feed only)<br />

11 <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed tray Tray for manual feed paper<br />

12 <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed roller Transport the paper from the manual paper feed port.<br />

13 PS roller unit Takes synchronization between the lead edge and the rear edge of the paper.<br />

14 Paper feed roller Picks up a sheet of paper from the cassette.<br />

15 Pickup roller Picks up documents.<br />

16 Separation roller Separates documents to feed properly.<br />

17 PS roller Feeds documents to the scanning section.<br />

18 Paper exit roller Discharges documents.<br />

12<br />

17<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11


[5] UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION<br />

1. Copier installation<br />

Improper installation may damage the copier. Please note the following<br />

during initial installation and whenever the copier is moved.<br />

Caution: If the copier is moved from a cool place to a warm place, condensation<br />

may form inside the copier. Operation in this condition<br />

will cause poor copy quality and malfunctions.<br />

Leave the copier at room temperature for at least 2 hours<br />

before use.<br />

Do not install your copier in areas that are:<br />

• damp, humid, or very dusty<br />

exposed to direct sunlight<br />

poorly ventilated<br />

subject to extreme temperature or humidity changes, e.g., near an<br />

air conditioner or heater.<br />

The copier should be installed near an accessible power outlet for easy<br />

connection.<br />

Be sure to connect the power cord only to a power outlet that meets<br />

the specified voltage and current requirements.<br />

Also make certain the outlet is properly grounded.<br />

Be sure to allow the required space around the machine for servicing<br />

and proper ventilation.<br />

4"<br />

(10cm)<br />

8" (20cm)<br />

4"<br />

(10cm)<br />

8"(20cm)<br />

2. Cautions on handling<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 1<br />

Be careful in handling the copier as follows to maintain the performance<br />

of this copier.<br />

Do not drop the copier, subject it to shock or strike it against any<br />

object.<br />

Do not expose the drum cartridge to direct sunlight.<br />

Doing so will damage the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge,<br />

causing poor print quality.<br />

Store spare supplies such as drum cartridges and TD cartridges in a<br />

dark place without removing from the package before use.<br />

If they are exposed to direct sunlight, poor print quality may result.<br />

Do not touch the surface (green portion) of the drum cartridge.<br />

Doing so will damage the surface of the cartridge, causing poor print<br />

quality.<br />

3. Checking packed components and<br />

accessories<br />

Open the carton and check if the following components and accessories<br />

are included.<br />

Operation manual<br />

Power cord<br />

Drum cartridge<br />

(installed in unit)


4. Unpacking<br />

Be sure to hold the handles on both sides of the copier to unpack the<br />

copier and carry it to the installation location.<br />

5. Removing protective packing materials<br />

1) Remove pieces of tape and protective cover. Then open the original<br />

cover and remove protective materials (a) and (b).<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong><br />

2) Release the scan head locking switch.<br />

Grasp here and turn in<br />

the direction of the arrow.<br />

Lock Unlock<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong><br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>157E</strong><br />

3) Ensure that the bypass tray is open and then open the side cover<br />

by pressing the open button on the side cover.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 2<br />

4) Remove the CAUTION tape from the front cover and remove the<br />

two protective pins from the fusing unit by pulling the strings<br />

upward one at a time.<br />

CAUTION tape<br />

6. Developer unit installation<br />

1) 2) 3) Open the side and front cabinets of the copier.<br />

4) Remove the locking tape of the developer unit.<br />

5) Remove the screw which is fixing the copier and Developer unit.<br />

6) Remove Developer unit slowly from the copier.<br />

7) Remove the screw (1 pc).<br />

8) Remove Upper developer unit.<br />

5<br />

3<br />

1<br />

4<br />

Protective pins<br />

2


9) Shake the aluminum bag to stir developer<br />

10) Supply developer from the aluminum bag to the top of the MX roller<br />

evenly.<br />

Note: Be careful not to splash developer outside Developer unit.<br />

11) Attach Upper developer unit and fix it with a screw.<br />

12) Rotate the MG roller gear to distribute developer evenly.<br />

Note: Never rotate the gear in the reverse direction.<br />

Note: When carrying Developer unit, do not tilt it extremely as<br />

shown with the arrow in the figure below.<br />

(Prevention of splash of developer)<br />

13) Insert Developer unit carefully into the copier.<br />

Note: Quick insertion may result in splash of developer. Be sure to<br />

insert carefully.<br />

14) Confirm that Developer unit is completely inserted to the bottom of<br />

the machine, fix Developer unit and the machine with a screw.<br />

15) Completion of Developer unit installation<br />

7. Toner cartridge installation<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 3<br />

1) To prevent against uneven distribution of toner, hold Toner unit<br />

with both hands and shake it several times horizontally.<br />

2) Hold the section of Toner unit shown in the figure below, remove<br />

the packing tape, and remove the cushion.<br />

3) Pull out the cushion in the arrow direction.<br />

4) Insert Toner unit carefully into the copier.<br />

5) Insert until the hook is engaged with the copier as shown in the figure<br />

below.<br />

6) Pull out the shutter in the arrow direction.<br />

Note: Do not hold and carry the shutter. Otherwise the shutter may<br />

drop and Toner unit may drop.<br />

7) Completion of Toner unit installation<br />

Close the front and side cabinets.


8. Loading copy paper<br />

Note: This copier is equipped with two paper trays. Load copy paper<br />

into the two paper trays.<br />

1) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until<br />

it stops.<br />

2) Remove the pressure plate lock. Rotate the pressure plate lock in<br />

the direction of the arrow to remove it while pressing down the<br />

pressure plate of the paper tray.<br />

3) Store the pressure plate lock that was removed in step 2 and the<br />

screw that was removed when unpacking the machine in the front<br />

of the paper tray. To store the pressure plate lock, rotate the lock<br />

to fix it on the relevant location.<br />

4) Adjust the paper guides on the paper tray to the copy paper width<br />

and length.<br />

Squeeze the lever of paper guide (A) and slide the guide to match<br />

with the width of the paper.<br />

Move paper guide (B) to the appropriate slot as marked on the<br />

tray.<br />

Paper<br />

guide (B)<br />

Paper<br />

guide (A)<br />

5) Fan the copy paper and insert it into the tray. Make sure the edges<br />

go under the corner hooks.<br />

Note: Do not load paper above the maximum height line ( ).<br />

Exceeding the line will cause a paper misfeed.<br />

6) Gently push the paper tray back into the copier.<br />

Note: After loading copy paper, to cancel the blinking "H" without<br />

restarting copying, press the clear ( ) key. The "P" in the<br />

display will go out and the ready ( ) indicator will light up.<br />

9. Power to copier<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION 5 - 4<br />

1) Ensure that the power switch of the copier is in the OFF position.<br />

Insert the attached power cord into the power cord socket at the<br />

rear of the copier.<br />

2) Plug the other end of the power cord into the nearest outlet.<br />

10. Moving<br />

Moving instructions<br />

When moving the unit, follow the procedure below.<br />

Note: When moving this unit, be sure to remove the TD cartridge in<br />

advance.<br />

1) Turn the power switch off and remove the power cord from the outlet.<br />

2) Open the side cover and front cover, in that order. Remove the TD<br />

cartridge and close the front cover and side cover, in that order.<br />

To open and close the side cover and front cover, and to remove<br />

the TD cartridge, see "TD C<strong>AR</strong>TRIDGE REPLACEMENT".<br />

3) Raise the handle of the paper tray and pull the paper tray out until it<br />

stops.<br />

4) Push the center of the pressure plate down until it locks in place<br />

and lock the plate using the pressure plate lock which has been<br />

stored in the front of the paper tray.<br />

5) Push the paper tray back into the unit.<br />

6) Lock the scan head locking switch.<br />

Note: When shipping the unit, the scan head locking switch must be<br />

locked to prevent shipping damage.<br />

7) Close the multi-bypass tray and the paper output tray extension,<br />

and attach the packing materials and tape which were removed<br />

during installation of the unit. See "PREP<strong>AR</strong>ING THE UNIT FOR<br />

INSTALLATION".<br />

8) Pack the unit into the carton. See "CHECKING PACKED COMPO-<br />

NENTS AND ACCESSORIES".


[6] COPY PROCESS<br />

1. Functional diagram<br />

(Basic operation cycle)<br />

To face<br />

down tray<br />

An OPC drum is used for the photoconductor.<br />

(Structure of the OPC drum layers)<br />

Main charger<br />

Laser beam<br />

MG roller<br />

Main high voltage unit<br />

Cleaning blade<br />

Waste toner box<br />

Saw tooth Charge<br />

Cleaning<br />

Paper release Fusing Separation<br />

Heat roller<br />

Heater lamp<br />

Semiconductor laser<br />

Electrode<br />

OPC layer<br />

(20 microns thick)<br />

Pigment layer (0.2<br />

to 0.3 microns thick)<br />

Aluminum drum<br />

Cleaning blade<br />

Exposure<br />

Drum<br />

Transfer<br />

Drum<br />

Resist roller<br />

Focus correction lens<br />

Transfer charger<br />

Transfer high<br />

voltage unit<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> COPY PROCESS 6 - 1<br />

Transfer unit<br />

Cassette<br />

paper feed<br />

Developing<br />

Synchronization<br />

with drum<br />

Toner<br />

Developer<br />

PS roller<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> feed<br />

Print process<br />

Paper transport route


2. Outline of print process<br />

This printer is a non-impact printer that uses a semiconductor laser<br />

and electrostatic print process. This printer uses an OPC (Organic<br />

Photo Conductor) for its photoconductive material.<br />

First, voltage from the main corona unit charges the drum surface and<br />

a latent image is formed on the drum surface using a laser beam. This<br />

latent image forms a visible image on the drum surface when toner is<br />

applied. The toner image is then transferred onto the print paper by the<br />

transfer corona and fused on the print paper in the fusing section with<br />

a combination of heat and pressure.<br />

Step-1: Charge<br />

Step-2: Exposure<br />

* Latent image is formed on the drum.<br />

Step-3: Developing<br />

Latent image formed on the drum is then changed into visible<br />

image with toner.<br />

Step-4: Transfer<br />

The visible image (toner image) on the drum is transferred<br />

onto the print paper.<br />

Step-5: Cleaning<br />

Residual toner on the drum surface is removed and collected<br />

by the cleaning blade.<br />

Step-6: Optical discharge<br />

Residual charge on the drum surface is removed, by<br />

semiconductor laser beam.<br />

3. Actual print process<br />

Step-1: DC charge<br />

A uniform negative charge is applied over the OPC drum surface by<br />

the main charging unit. Stable potential is maintained by means of the<br />

Scorotron charger.<br />

Positive charges are generated in the aluminum layer.<br />

About<br />

DC5.5KV<br />

( 580V/ 390V)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> COPY PROCESS 6 - 2<br />

Step-2: Exposure (laser beam, lens)<br />

A Laser beam is generated from the semiconductor laser and<br />

controlled by the print pattern signal. The laser writes onto the OPC<br />

drum surface through the polygon mirrors and lens. The resistance of<br />

the OPC layer decreases for an area exposed by the laser beam<br />

(corresponding to the print pattern signal). The beam neutralizes the<br />

negative charge. An electrostatic latent image is formed on the drum<br />

surface.<br />

Exposure<br />

(semiconductor laser)<br />

Drum surface charge<br />

after the exposure<br />

Semiconductor laser<br />

Non-image area Image area<br />

OPC layer<br />

Pigment<br />

layer<br />

Aluminum<br />

drum<br />

OPC layer<br />

Pigment<br />

layer<br />

Aluminum<br />

layer


Step-3: Developing (DC bias)<br />

A bias potential is applied to the MG roller in the two component<br />

magnetic brush developing method, and the toner is charged negative<br />

through friction with the carrier.<br />

Non-image area of the drum surface charged with negative potential<br />

repel the toner, whereas the laser exposed portions where no negative<br />

charges exist, attract the toner. As a result, a visible image appears on<br />

the drum surface.<br />

:Carrier (Magnetized particle)<br />

:Toner (Charge negative by friction)<br />

(N) (S) Permanent magnet<br />

(provided in three locations)<br />

DC<br />

400V 8V<br />

N<br />

N<br />

Toner is attracted over the shadowed area because of the developing<br />

bias.<br />

S<br />

MG roller<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> COPY PROCESS 6 - 3<br />

Step-4: Transfer<br />

The visible image on the drum surface is transferred onto the print<br />

paper by applying a positive charge from the transfer corona to the<br />

backside of the print paper.<br />

About DC 5.2kV<br />

Step-5: Separation<br />

Since the print paper is charged positively by the transfer corona, it is<br />

discharged by the separation corona. The separation corona is<br />

connected to ground.<br />

Step-6: Cleaning<br />

Toner remaining on the drum is removed and collected by the cleaning<br />

blade. It is transported to the waste toner collecting section in the<br />

cleaning unit by the waste toner transport roller.


Step-7: Optical discharge (Semiconductor laser)<br />

Before the drum rotation is stopped, the semiconductor laser is<br />

radiated onto the drum to reduce the electrical resistance in the OPC<br />

layer and eliminate residual charge, providing a uniform state to the<br />

drum surface for the next page to be printed.<br />

When the electrical resistance is reduced, positive charges on the<br />

aluminum layer are moved and neutralized with negative charges on<br />

the OPC layer.<br />

Charge by the Scorotron charger<br />

Function<br />

The Scorotron charger functions to maintain uniform surface potential<br />

on the drum at all times, It control the surface potential regardless of<br />

the charge characteristics of the photoconductor.<br />

Basic function<br />

A screen grid is placed between the saw tooth and the<br />

photoconductor. A stable voltage is added to the screen grid to<br />

maintain the corona current on the photoconductor.<br />

As the photoconductor is charged by the saw tooth from the main<br />

corona unit, the surface potential increases. This increases the current<br />

flowing through the screen grid. When the photoconductor potential<br />

nears the grid potential, the current turns to flow to the grid so that the<br />

photoconductor potential can be maintained at a stable level.<br />

Process controlling<br />

Function<br />

The print pattern signal is converted into an invisible image by the<br />

semiconductor laser using negative to positive (reversible) developing<br />

method. Therefore, if the developing bias is added before the drum is<br />

charged, toner is attracted onto the drum. If the developing bias is not<br />

added when the drum is charged, the carrier is attracted to the drum<br />

because of the strong electrostatic force of the drum.<br />

To avoid this, the process is controlled by adjusting the drum potential<br />

and the grid potential of the Scorotron charger.<br />

Basic function<br />

Voltage added to the screen grid can be selected, high and low. To<br />

make it easily understood, the figure below shows voltage transition at<br />

the developer unit.<br />

0<br />

Semiconductor laser<br />

ST<strong>AR</strong>T STOP<br />

Print potential<br />

1) Low<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4) High<br />

Toner attract<br />

potential<br />

Time<br />

Developing bias<br />

Drum potential<br />

Start<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> COPY PROCESS 6 - 4<br />

1) Because the grid potential is at a low level, the drum potential is at<br />

about -400V. (Carrier may not be attracted though the carrier is<br />

pulled towards the drum by the electrostatic force of -400V.<br />

2) Developing bias (-400V) is applied when the photoconductor<br />

potential is switched from LOW to HIGH.<br />

3) Once developing bias (-400V) is applied and the photo conductor<br />

potential rises to HIGH, toner will not be attracted to the drum.<br />

Stop<br />

The reverse sequence takes place.<br />

Retaining developing bias at an abnormal occurrence<br />

Function<br />

The developing bias will be lost if the power supply was removed<br />

during print process. In this event, the drum potential slightly abates<br />

and the carrier makes deposits on the drum because of strong static<br />

power. To prevent this, the machine incorporates a function to retain<br />

the developing bias for a certain period and decrease the voltage<br />

gradually against possible power loss.<br />

Basic function<br />

Normally, the developing bias voltage is retained for a certain time<br />

before the drum comes to a complete stop if the machine should stop<br />

before completing the normal print cycle. The developing bias can be<br />

added before resuming the operation after an abnormal interruption.<br />

Therefore, carrier will not make a deposit on the drum surface.


[7] OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS<br />

1. Outline of operation<br />

The outline of operation is described referring to the basic configuration.<br />

(Basic configuration)<br />

Operation<br />

section<br />

Printer section<br />

(Outline of copy operation)<br />

CCD<br />

Scanner section<br />

MCU (Main control/image process section)<br />

Laser beam<br />

Process section<br />

LSU (Laser unit)<br />

Laser diode, Polygon mirror lens<br />

Cassette paper<br />

feed section<br />

Paper exit<br />

Setting conditions<br />

1) Set copy conditions such as the copy quantity and the copy density<br />

with the operation section, and press the COPY button. The<br />

information on copy conditions is sent to the MCU.<br />

Image scanning<br />

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the scanner section starts<br />

scanning of images.<br />

The light from the copy lamp is reflected by the document and<br />

passed through the lens to the CCD.<br />

Photo signal/Electric signal conversion<br />

3) The image is converted into electrical signals by the CCD circuit<br />

and passed to the MCU.<br />

Image process<br />

4) The document image signal sent from the CCD circuit is processed<br />

under the revised conditions and sent to the LSU (laser unit) as<br />

print data.<br />

Electric signal/Photo signal (laser beam) conversion<br />

5) The LSU emits laser beams according to the print data.<br />

(Electrical signals are converted into photo signals.)<br />

6) The laser beams are radiated through the polygon mirror and<br />

various lenses to the OPC drum.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> paper<br />

feed section<br />

Fusing section<br />

Paper transport section<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 1<br />

Printer/<br />

Scanner I/F USB or Parallel<br />

Note: The scanner function is effective<br />

only by USB connection.<br />

Printing<br />

7) Electrostatic latent images are formed on the OPC drum according<br />

to the laser beams, and the latent images are developed to be<br />

visible images(toner images).<br />

8) Meanwhile the paper is fed to the image transfer section in<br />

synchronization with the image lead edge.<br />

9) After the transfer of toner images onto the paper, the toner images<br />

are fused to the paper by the fusing section. The copied paper is<br />

discharged onto the exit tray.<br />

(Outline of printer operation)<br />

The print data sent from the PC are passed through the I/F and the<br />

MCU to the LSU. The procedures after that are the same as above 5)<br />

and later.<br />

(Outline of scanner operation)<br />

The scan data are passed through the MCU and the I/F to the PC<br />

according to the conditions requested by the PC or set by the operations<br />

with the operation panel.<br />

PC


2. Scanner section<br />

A. Scanner unit<br />

The scanner unit in the digital copier scans images.<br />

It is composed of the optical unit and the drive unit. The optical unit<br />

performs scanning in the main scan direction with the light receiving<br />

elements (color CCD). The drive unit performs scanning in the sub<br />

scanning direction by moving the optical unit.<br />

B. Optical system<br />

Two white lamps are used as the light source.<br />

Light radiated from the light source is applied to the document on the<br />

document table. The reflected light from the document is reflected 5<br />

times by No. 1 - No. 3 mirrors and passed through the reduction lens to<br />

form images on the light-receiving surface of 3-line CCD.<br />

The light-receiving surface of the color CCD is provided with 3 line<br />

scanning sections for R<strong>GB</strong>. Separate images scanned in each color<br />

section are overlapped to complete color scanning. (When PC scanning)<br />

The resolution is 600dpi.<br />

When copying, only the green component is used to print with the<br />

printer.<br />

The color component for printing can be switched to red or blue by the<br />

service simulation.<br />

Intensity of UV<br />

6.00E-01<br />

5.00E-01<br />

4.00E-01<br />

3.00E-01<br />

2.00E-01<br />

1.00E-01<br />

0.00E+00<br />

C. Drive system<br />

Lamp : MBVM26W25W260NLH/G<br />

Lamp current : 5mA<br />

Temp. : 25 degree<br />

MBVM26W25W260NLH/G<br />

0 200 400 600 800<br />

Wave length (nm)<br />

(Spectrum characteristics of the lamp)<br />

The drive system is composed of the scanner motor, the pulley gear,<br />

the idle pulley, the idle gear, the belt 473, the belt 190, and the shaft.<br />

The motor rotation is converted into reciprocated movements of the<br />

belt 473 through the idle gear, the pulley gear, the belt 190, and the<br />

idle pulley to drive the optical unit.<br />

7<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 2<br />

1<br />

7<br />

(Spectrum characteristics of the color CCD)<br />

3<br />

9<br />

5<br />

8<br />

10 8<br />

(Optical unit)<br />

1 Table glass 2 Optical unit 3 Lens<br />

4 Mirror 1 5 Mirror 2 6 Mirror 3<br />

7 CCD PWB 8 Lamp 9 Reflector<br />

3 4 6 2 8 5<br />

1 Scanner motor 2 Pulley gear 3 Idle pulley<br />

4 Belt 473 5 Belt 190 6 Optical unit<br />

7 Shaft 8 Idle gear 9<br />

1<br />

4<br />

9<br />

6<br />

2<br />

3


3. Laser unit<br />

The image data sent from the MCU (image process circuit) is sent to<br />

the LSU (laser unit), where it is converted into laser beams.<br />

A. Basic structure<br />

The LSU unit is the writing section of the digital optical system.<br />

The semiconductor laser is used as the light source, and images are<br />

formed on the OPC drum by the polygon mirror and fθ lens, etc.<br />

The laser beams are passed through the collimator lens, the cylindrical<br />

lens, the polygon mirror, the fθ lens, and the mirror to form images on<br />

the OPC drum in the main scanning direction. The laser emitting PWB<br />

is provided with the APC (auto power control) in order to eliminate fluctuations<br />

in the laser power. The BD PWB works for measurement of<br />

the laser writing start point.<br />

1 2 3<br />

No Component Function<br />

1 Semiconductor laser Generates laser beams.<br />

2 Collimator lens Converges laser beams in parallel.<br />

3 Polygon mirror,<br />

polygon motor<br />

Reflects laser beams at a constant rpm.<br />

4 BD (Mirror, lens, PWB) Detects start timing of laser scanning.<br />

5 fθ lens Converges laser beams at a spot on the<br />

drum.<br />

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both<br />

ends of the drum same as each other.<br />

(Refer to the figure below.)<br />

Makes the laser scanning speeds at both ends of the drum same as<br />

each other.<br />

a ≠ b ≠ c<br />

a b c<br />

4 5<br />

fθ LENS<br />

d = e = f<br />

d e f<br />

B. Laser beam path<br />

C. Composition<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 3<br />

Effective scanning width: 216mm (max.)<br />

Resolution: 600dpi<br />

Beam diameter: 75um in the main scanning direction, 80um in the sub<br />

scanning direction<br />

Image surface power: 0.17 ±0.01mW (Laser wavelength 770 - 795nm)<br />

Polygon motor section: Brushless motor 20.787rpm<br />

No. of mirror surfaces: 6 surfaces<br />

4. Fuser section


A. General description<br />

General block diagram (cross section)<br />

Top view<br />

Thermistor<br />

Heat roller<br />

(1) Heat roller<br />

Thermal fuse<br />

Heat roller<br />

Thermistor<br />

Separator pawl<br />

Paper guide<br />

PPD2<br />

Pressure roller<br />

Thermal fuse<br />

Heater lamp<br />

A Teflon roller is used for the heat roller and a silicone rubber roller is<br />

used for the lower heat roller for better toner fusing performance and<br />

paper separation.<br />

(2) Separator pawl<br />

Three separator pawls are used on the upper heat roller. The separator<br />

pawls are Teflon coated to reduce friction with the roller and prevent<br />

a smear on the paper caused by the separator pawl.<br />

(3) Thermal control<br />

1) The heater lamp, thermistor, main PWB, DC power supply PWB,<br />

and triac within the power supply unit are used to control the<br />

temperature in the fuser unit.<br />

To prevent against abnormally high temperature in the fuser unit, a<br />

thermal breaker and thermal fuse are used for safety purposes.<br />

Safety device<br />

(thermal breaker, thermal<br />

fuse)<br />

Triac (in the<br />

power supply unit)<br />

Separator pawl<br />

Heated by the heater<br />

lamp. (950W)<br />

The surface temperature<br />

of the upper heat roller is<br />

sensed by the thermistor.<br />

Level of the thermistor is<br />

controlled by the main PWB.<br />

With the signal from the<br />

main PWB, the triac is<br />

controlled on and off.<br />

(power supply PWB)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 4<br />

2) The surface temperature of the upper heat roller is set to 165 -<br />

190°C. The surface temperature during the power save mode is<br />

set to 100°C.<br />

3) The self-check function comes active when one of the following<br />

malfunctions occurs, and an "H" is displayed on the multicopy<br />

window.<br />

a. When the heat roller surface temperature rises above 240°C.<br />

b. When the heat roller surface temperature drops below 100°C during<br />

the copy cycle.<br />

c. Open thermistor<br />

d. Open thermal fuse<br />

e. When the heat roller temperature does not reach 190°C within 27<br />

second after supplying the power.<br />

(4) Fusing resistor<br />

Fusing resistor<br />

This model is provided with a fusing resistor in the fusing section to<br />

improve transfer efficiency.<br />

Since the upper heat roller is conductive, when using copy paper that<br />

contains moisture and the distance between the transfer unit and the<br />

fusing unit is short, the transfer current may find a path to ground via<br />

the copy paper, the upper heat roller and the discharging brush.<br />

5. Paper feed section and paper transport<br />

section<br />

A. Paper transport path and general operations<br />

4 3<br />

14<br />

5<br />

1 Scanner unit 8 Drum<br />

2 Copy lamp 9 Transfer unit<br />

3 LSU (Laser unit) 10 Pickup roller<br />

4 Paper exit roller 11 <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed tray<br />

5 Main charger 12 <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed roller<br />

6 Heat roller 13 PS roller unit<br />

7 Pressure roller 14 Paper feed roller<br />

Paper feed is made in two ways; the tray paper feed and the manual<br />

paper feed. The tray is of universal-type, and has the capacity of 250<br />

sheets.<br />

The front loading system allows you to install or remove the tray from<br />

the front cabinet.<br />

The general descriptions on the tray paper feed and the manual paper<br />

feed operation are given below.<br />

13<br />

12<br />

2<br />

1<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11


(1) Cassette paper feed operation<br />

1) The figure below shows the positions of the pick-up roller, the<br />

paper feed clutch sleeve, and the paper feed latch in the initial<br />

state without pressing the COPY button after lighting the ready<br />

lamp.<br />

The paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutch<br />

sleeve.<br />

2) When the COPY button is pressed, the main drive motor starts<br />

rotating to drive each drive gear.<br />

The pick-up drive gear also is driven at that time. Since, however,<br />

the paper feed latch is in contact with the projection of the clutch<br />

sleeve, rotation of the drive gear is not transmitted to the pick-up<br />

roller, which does not rotate therefore.<br />

PFS<br />

OFF<br />

3) After about 0.1 sec from when the main motor start rotating, the<br />

tray paper feed solenoid (PFS) turns on for a moment.<br />

This disengages the paper feed latch from the projection of the<br />

clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of the pick-up drive gear to the<br />

paper feed roller shaft, rotating the pick-up roller to feed the paper.<br />

PFS<br />

OFF<br />

RRS<br />

OFF<br />

RRS<br />

OFF<br />

4) After more than half rotation of the pick-up roller, the paper feed<br />

latch is brought in contact with a notch on the clutch sleeve,<br />

stopping rotation of the pick-up roller.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 5<br />

5) At this time, the paper is fed passed the paper entry detection<br />

switch (PPD1), and detected by it. After about 0.15 sec from<br />

detection of paper by PPD1, the tray paper feed solenoid (PFS)<br />

turns on so that the clutch sleeve projection comes into contact<br />

with the paper feed latch to stop the pick-up roller. Then the pickup<br />

roller rotates for about 0.15 sec so that the lead edge of the<br />

paper is evenly pressed on the resist roller, preventing against<br />

skew feeding.<br />

PFS<br />

ON<br />

6) To release the resist roller, the tray paper feed solenoid and the<br />

resist solenoid are turned on by the paper start signal to disengage<br />

the resist start latch from the clutch sleeve, transmitting rotation of<br />

the resist drive gear to the resist roller shaft. Thus the paper is<br />

transported by the resist roller.<br />

7) After the resist roller starts rotating, the paper is passed through<br />

the pre-transfer guide to the transfer section. Images are<br />

transferred on the paper, which is separated from the OPC drum<br />

by the drum curve and the separation section.<br />

PFS<br />

OFF<br />

RRS<br />

OFF<br />

RRS<br />

ON<br />

8) The paper separated from the drum is passed through the fusing<br />

paper guide, the heat roller (fusing section), POD (paper out<br />

detector) to the copy tray.


(2) <strong>Manual</strong> multi paper feed operation<br />

1) Before paper feed operation, the manual paper feed solenoid<br />

(MPFS) is turned OFF as shown in the figure below.<br />

OFF<br />

MPFS<br />

2) When the PRINT button is pressed, the manual paper feed<br />

solenoid (MPFS) turns on to disengage the manual paper feed<br />

latch.<br />

A from the manual paper feed clutch sleeve A, rotating the manual<br />

paper feed roller and the manual take-up roller. At the same time,<br />

the manual paper feed stopper opens and the manual take-up<br />

roller is pressed to the surface of the paper to start paper feeding.<br />

ON<br />

MPFS<br />

C<br />

C<br />

A<br />

A<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 6<br />

3) When pawl C of the manual paper feed clutch sleeve is engaged<br />

with the manual feed latch, the manual feed stopper falls and the<br />

manual take-up roller rises. At that time, the manual paper feed<br />

roller is rotating.<br />

ON<br />

MPFS<br />

4) The lead edge of the transported paper is pressed on the resist<br />

roller by the transport roller. Then the paper is stopped temporarily<br />

to allow synchronization with the lead edge of the image on the<br />

OPC drum.<br />

From this point, the operation is the same as the paper feed<br />

operation from the tray. (Refer to A-5 - 8.)<br />

5) The solenoid turns off to close the gate and return to the initial<br />

state.<br />

OFF<br />

MPFS<br />

C<br />

C<br />

A<br />

A


(3) Conditions of occurrence of paper misfeed<br />

a. When the power is turned on:<br />

PPD or POD is ON when the power is turned on.<br />

b. Copy operation<br />

a PPD1 jam PPD1 does not turn off within 4 sec after turning<br />

on the resist roller.<br />

b PPD2 jam PPD2 is off immediately after turning on the<br />

resist roller.<br />

PPD2 does not turn off within 1.2 sec after<br />

turning off the resist roller.<br />

c POD jam POD does not turn on within 2.9 sec after turning<br />

on the resist roller.<br />

POD does not turn off within 1.5 sec - 2.7 sec<br />

after turning off PPD2.<br />

6. SPF section<br />

A. Outline<br />

The SPF (Single Path Feeder) is installed to the AL-1456 as a standard<br />

provision, and it automatically copies up to 30 sheets of documents<br />

of a same size. (Only one set of copies)<br />

B. Document transport path and basic composition<br />

1 Pickup roller 2 Sheet of document for<br />

paper feed<br />

3 Set detection ACT 4 Paper stopper<br />

5 Document feed roller 6 Separation sheet<br />

7 Paper entry sensor 8 PS roller D<br />

9 Transport follower roller 10 Paper exit roller<br />

11 Paper exit follower roller 12 Document tray<br />

C. Operational descriptions<br />

(Copier side)<br />

MM rotation<br />

CPFS ON<br />

PPD ON<br />

12<br />

Document set<br />

SPID ON<br />

Document feed unit lamp ON<br />

PSW ON<br />

MIRM rotation<br />

Document set sensor<br />

SPFM rotation<br />

SPUS ON<br />

RRC ON Synchronization SPPD ON<br />

(Transfer)<br />

(Fusing)<br />

POD ON<br />

(Paper exit)<br />

Time chart (Tray feed)<br />

Main motor rotation<br />

Paper feed<br />

Paper transport<br />

Copy start<br />

The scanner is shifted<br />

to the exposure position.<br />

(SPF side)<br />

(Exposure)<br />

(Document exit)<br />

In the zooming mode, the magnification ratio in the sub<br />

scanning direction (paper transport direction) is adjusted<br />

by changing the document transport speed.<br />

3 1 2 4 5<br />

6<br />

11<br />

10<br />

SPF motor rotation<br />

Document feed<br />

Document transport sensor<br />

Document transport<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

PSW<br />

MIRR M<br />

SPF M<br />

CL<br />

SPUS<br />

SPPD<br />

SCANST<br />

MAIN M<br />

CPFS1<br />

RRS<br />

PPD1<br />

PPD2<br />

POD<br />

D. Cases where a document jam is caused<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 7<br />

1) When SPPD is ON (document remaining) when the power is<br />

turned on.<br />

2) When SPPD is not turned ON within about 1.5 sec (at 100% copy)<br />

after starting the document feed operation.<br />

3) When SPPD is not turned on within about 4.7 sec (at 100% copy)<br />

after turning on SPPD.<br />

4) When the SPF document jam release door or the OC cover is<br />

opened during document transport (SPF motor rotating).<br />

7. D-D (Duplex to Duplex) mode paper/<br />

document transport (Duplex model)<br />

A. Initial state<br />

Set duplex documents on the document tray.<br />

Set paper on the cassette. (In the duplex mode, the manual feed tray<br />

cannot be selected.)<br />

B. Front copy<br />

Document transport:<br />

The document feed roller feeds the document from the paper feed<br />

roller to the PS roller.<br />

The document is exposed in the exposure section, and sent to the<br />

document exit section<br />

by the transport/paper exit roller.<br />

R-SPF gate solenoid ON<br />

625msec<br />

756msec<br />

The document is sent to the intermediate tray.<br />

(but not discharged completely.)<br />

752msec<br />

The document is stopped once, then switchback operation is<br />

performed.<br />

(To the back copy)<br />

Paper transport:<br />

The document is passed through the paper feed roller and the PS<br />

roller by the paper feed roller<br />

and the images on the front surface are transferred.<br />

The paper is passed through the fusing section and the lower side of<br />

the gate section to the paper exit tray side, (but not discharged<br />

completely.)<br />

It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.<br />

(To the back copy)


C. Back copy<br />

Document transport:<br />

By switchback operation, the document is sent through the PS roller to<br />

the exposure section, where the back of the document is exposed.<br />

It is sent to the document exit section by the transport roller and the<br />

paper exit roller.<br />

R-SPF gate solenoid ON. The document is sent to the intermediate<br />

tray, (but not discharged completely.)<br />

It is stopped once and switchback operation is performed.<br />

It is sent through the PS roller and the exposure section (without<br />

exposure operation) to the document exit section.<br />

R-SPF gate solenoid OFF<br />

The document is discharged to the document exit tray.<br />

Paper transport:<br />

Switchback operation is performed.<br />

The paper is sent through the upper side of the gate section and the<br />

duplex transport section, and the PS roller, and the images on the<br />

back are transferred.<br />

It is sent through the fusing section and discharged to the paper exit<br />

tray.<br />

There are following job modes as well as D-D mode.<br />

S - S (Simplex to Simplex)<br />

S - D (Simplex to Duplex),<br />

Rotation copy mode (The back images are rotated 180° C.)<br />

S - D (Simplex to Duplex), Copy mode without rotation<br />

D - S (Duplex to Simplex)<br />

Rotation copy mode:<br />

The front and the back are in upside down each other.<br />

Copy mode without rotation:<br />

The front and the back are not in upside down.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS 7 - 8<br />

Switchback operation is made after back copying in order to discharge<br />

documents according to the setting.<br />

Set document Documents after discharge,<br />

1<br />

2<br />

with empty feed<br />

4<br />

3<br />

without empty feed<br />

3<br />

4<br />

3 2 1<br />

4 1 2


[8] DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY<br />

Before disassembly, be sure to disconnect the power cord for<br />

safety.<br />

1. Do not disconnect or connect the connector and the harness<br />

during the machine is powered. Especially be careful not to<br />

disconnect or connect the harness between the MCU PWB<br />

and the LSU (MCU PWB: CN119) during the machine is<br />

powered. (If it is disconnected or connected during the<br />

machine is powered, the IC inside the LSU will be destroyed.)<br />

2. To disconnect the harness after turning on the power, be<br />

sure to turn off the power and wait for at least 10 sec before<br />

disconnection. (Note that a voltage still remains immediately<br />

after turning off the power.)<br />

The disassembly and assembly procedures are described for the following<br />

sections:<br />

1. High voltage section<br />

2. Operation panel section<br />

3. Optical section<br />

4. Fusing section<br />

5. Tray paper feed/transport section<br />

6. <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed section<br />

7. Rear frame section<br />

8. Power section<br />

9. 2nd cassette section<br />

10. Duplex motor section<br />

11. Reverse roller section<br />

12. RSPF section<br />

1. High voltage section<br />

A. List<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Drum<br />

2 Transfer charger unit<br />

3 Charger wire<br />

B. Drum replacement<br />

1) Remove the drum cover. (4 Lock Tabs)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 1<br />

2) Remove the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.<br />

(Note) Dispose the drum fixing plate which was removed.<br />

(2)<br />

LO CK<br />

3) Check the cleaning blade and the red felt for no damage.<br />

• If there is any damage, execute all procedures from item 5) and<br />

later.<br />

If there is no damage, execute the procedure of item 12).<br />

4) Remove the main charger.<br />

(Cleaning the screen grid and the sawteeth.)<br />

(3)


5) Remove the cleaning blade.<br />

Note: Dispose the cleaning blade which was removed.<br />

6) Clean the cleaning section and the waste toner pipe to remove<br />

waste toner completely with a vacuum cleaner.<br />

7) Remove the felt and duplex tape completely.<br />

Note: Be careful not to scratch or bend the sub blade.<br />

8) Attach the cleaning blade.<br />

Securely insert the plate section of the cleaning blade into the unit<br />

and fix it with a screw.<br />

Do not touch the cleaning blade rubber with your hand.<br />

When attaching the cleaning blade, press the cleaning blade in the<br />

arrow direction and attach.<br />

9) Attach the felt.<br />

Moquette R<br />

0.2 – 0.5 mm<br />

Moquette R<br />

∗<br />

0 – 0.3 mm 0 – 0.3 mm<br />

0 – 0.5 mm<br />

∗: Check while pressing the blade.<br />

Cleaning blade<br />

Sub blade<br />

Cleaning blade<br />

Sub blade<br />

Be careful not to allow the<br />

moquette to cover the sub blade.<br />

∗<br />

Example of NG<br />

Moquette F<br />

0.2 – 0.5 mm<br />

0 – 0.5 mm<br />

Moquette F<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 2<br />

Attach the mocket with slightly pressing section A of the cleaning<br />

blade.<br />

Do not touch the tip of the cleaning blade.<br />

Do not put the mocket under the cleaning blade.<br />

Do not put the mocket on the sub blade.<br />

Do not press the sub blade with the mocket.<br />

10) Attach the main charger.<br />

Securely set the MC holder on the projection of the process frame.<br />

Securely insert two projections of the MC holder into the groove in<br />

the process frame.<br />

When attaching the MC holder ass'y, be careful not to make contact<br />

with the cleaning blade.<br />

11) Attach the drum fixing plate and the photoconductor drum.<br />

Apply grease to the inside of the photoconductor drum. (Dia. 2)<br />

Attach the drum from (b). (Prevention against the sub blade edge<br />

breakage)<br />

Attach the drum so that its position with the sub blade is as shown.


12) Attach the detection gear.<br />

Note:<br />

• The detection gear is not installed to the drum cartridge packed<br />

with the main body. Add a new one.<br />

13) Attach the drum cover.<br />

Note: After attaching the drum cover, do not make a copy.<br />

When attaching the drum cover, engage the detection gear<br />

20T rib with the 30T gear rib, and attach the drum cover to<br />

the process frame.<br />

C. Disassembly procedure (Transfer changer unit)<br />

1) Press the side cover open/close button and open the side cover.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 3<br />

2) Push up the lock pawls (2 positions) of the side cover, and remove<br />

the transfer charger.<br />

Transfer<br />

charger<br />

1)<br />

D. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

E. Charger wire cleaning<br />

1) Remove the charger cleaner from the manual paper feed unit.<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Lock pawl front<br />

Lock pawl rear


2) Set the charger cleaner to the transfer unit, and move it reciprocally<br />

a few times in the direction of the arrow shown in the figure<br />

below.<br />

F. Charger wire replacement<br />

1) Remove the TC cover and remove the screw.<br />

2) Remove the spring and remove the charger wire.<br />

3) Install a new charger wire by reversing the procedures (1) and (2).<br />

At that time, be careful of the following items.<br />

The rest of the charger wire must be within 1.5mm. Refer to Fig.1<br />

The spring hook section (charger wire winding section) must be in<br />

the range of the projection section.<br />

Be careful not to twist the charger wire.<br />

1)<br />

Protrusion<br />

3)<br />

Charger wire<br />

2)<br />

Fig.1<br />

4)<br />

1mm<br />

3)<br />

1.5mm<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2. Operation panel section<br />

A. List<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Operation panel unit<br />

2 Operation PWB<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

1) Open the side door, and Open the front cover.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 4<br />

2) Remove the screws (4 pcs.), the harness, and the operation panel<br />

unit.<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

1)


3) Remove four screws, and remove the operation cabinet.<br />

4) Remove four screws, and remove the operation PWB.<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure<br />

3. Optical section<br />

A. List<br />

4)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

NO. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Copy lamp unit<br />

2 Copy lamp<br />

3 Lens unit<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear<br />

cabinet cover.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1) 3) 1)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

Note that there are 10 pawls<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 5<br />

2) Remove the connector and the clamp, and remove the RSPF unit.<br />

3) Remove the four screws, remove the operation unit, and disconnect<br />

the connector.<br />

4) Remove the right cabinet.<br />

5) Remove the left cabinet.<br />

6) Remove the screw, and remove the rear cover.<br />

7) Remove the table glass.<br />

5)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

5)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

2)<br />

8)<br />

3)<br />

7)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

6)<br />

4)


8) Move the carriage to the position indicated on the figure.<br />

9) Loosen the screw which is fixing the tension plate.<br />

10) Move the tension plate in the arrow direction to release the tension,<br />

and remove the belt.<br />

3)<br />

2) 4)<br />

11) Remove the screw, and remove the rod stopper.<br />

12) Remove the rod.<br />

13) Lift the rear side of the carriage, remove the belt and the connector,<br />

and remove the carriage.<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 6<br />

CCD core<br />

1) Pass the core through the CCD-MCU harness.<br />

2) Insert the CCD-MCU harness into the CCD PWB connector of the<br />

carriage unit.<br />

3) Move the core which was passed through the CCD-MCU harness<br />

near the CCD PWB connector as shown in the figure below, and fix<br />

it with a filament tape (19mm wide, 40mm long). For the attachment<br />

reference, refer to the figure below. Clean and remove oil<br />

from the attachment section.<br />

4) Attach the CCD-MCU harness to the duplex tape on the back of<br />

the carriage unit.<br />

5) Attach the PWB holder to the position specified in the figure below.<br />

6) Pass the core through the FFC and the PWB holder, and fix the<br />

core.<br />

Note: Attach the FFC to the base<br />

plate securely with duplex tape to<br />

prevent against coming loose.<br />

Note: Attach the FFC<br />

to fit with the marking line.<br />

Marking line


4. Fusing section<br />

A. List<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Thermistor<br />

2 PPD2 sensor<br />

3 Heater lamp<br />

4 Pressure roller<br />

5 Heat roller<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

1) Remove the connectors (3 pcs.) of the rear cabinet.<br />

2) Open the side cover, remove two screws, and remove the fusing<br />

unit.<br />

3) Cut the binding band, remove the screw, and remove the thermistor.<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

Thermistor<br />

3)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

4) Remove the screw and remove the U-turn guide.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 7<br />

Pressure roller section disassembly<br />

5) Remove the three screws, remove the fusing cover lower on the<br />

right side, and open the heat roller section.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

5)<br />

2)<br />

4)<br />

6) Remove the screw and remove the PPD2 sensor.<br />

6)<br />

5)<br />

2)<br />

6)<br />

1)<br />

PPD2 sensor<br />

1)<br />

1)


7) Remove the plate spring on the right and remove the heater lamp.<br />

2)<br />

8) Remove the spring and remove the separation pawls (3 pcs.).<br />

9) Remove the E-ring and remove the reverse gate.<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

Heater lamp<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 8<br />

10) Remove the pressure release levers on the right and the left sides.<br />

11) Remove the pressure roller, the pressure bearing, and the spring.<br />

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with an asterisk (*).<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

Heat roller disassembly<br />

(Continued from procedure (4).)<br />

5) Remove screws, remove the fusing cover, and open the heat roller<br />

section.<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

Pressure roller<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

1)


6) Remove the C-ring and the fusing bearing, and remove the heat<br />

roller.<br />

1)<br />

7) Remove the parts from the heat roller.<br />

Note: Apply grease to the sections specified with *.<br />

8) Remove two screws and remove the thermo unit.<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

2) 3) Heat roller<br />

3)<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

5. Tray paper feed/transport section<br />

A. List<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 PPD1 sensor PWB<br />

2 LSU unit<br />

3 Intermediate frame unit<br />

4 Paper feed roller<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

1) Remove two screws, and remove the hinge guide R.<br />

2) Disconnect three positions of the connectors.<br />

3) Remove six screws, and remove the scanner unit.<br />

4) Remove the fan duct.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 9<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

4) Remove each connector and three screws, and remove the MCU<br />

PWB.<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2)


5) Remove the PWB insulation mylar and remove the paper transport<br />

detection sensor (PPD2).<br />

6) Remove two screws and remove the toner motor.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 10<br />

7) Remove two springs and open the intermediate frame unit.<br />

1)<br />

8) Remove the pulleys on the both sides and remove the paper exit<br />

roller.<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

4)<br />

2)


9) Pull out the paper exit roller knob and remove the belt.<br />

10) Release the belt pulley (a) lock and remove the belt pulley bearing.<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

11) Remove the paper exit roller.<br />

12) Remove the harness guide.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 11


13) Remove five screws and remove the main drive plate and the belt.<br />

14) Remove the parts as shown below, and remove the pressure<br />

release solenoid and the paper feed solenoid.<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

CAUTION:Attach the gears securely<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

4)<br />

3)<br />

3)<br />

15) Remove six screws and remove the LSU unit.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 12<br />

1)<br />

The scan inclination classification is indicated on the right or the<br />

left of the LSU production number label according to the classification.<br />

When replacing the LSU, add the spacer according to the scan<br />

inclination classification. (The spacer is packed together with every<br />

LSU.)<br />

Scan inclination classification check<br />

Scan inclination classification 1: +0.26 – +0.5 (White marking on<br />

the right of the production number label)<br />

Scan inclination classification 2: – 0.25 – +0.25 (White marking)<br />

Scan inclination classification 3: – 0.5 – – 0.26 (White marking on<br />

the left of the production number label)<br />

Machine front side<br />

Add one LSU spacer.<br />

2)<br />

LSU spacer not required<br />

1)<br />

Machine rear side<br />

Add one LSU spacer.


Addition of the spacer<br />

Scan inclination classification 1: Add the LSU spacer to the rear<br />

side of the machine.<br />

Scan inclination classification 2: No need to add the spacer.<br />

Scan inclination classification 3: Add the LSU spacer to the front<br />

side of the machine.<br />

<br />

<br />

Insert into the<br />

positioning boss.<br />

Fit the holes and attach.<br />

Insert into the<br />

positioning boss.<br />

Fit the holes and attach.<br />

Machine front side<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 13<br />

[Note for assembling the LSU]<br />

When installing the LSU, turn the LSU clockwise and fix with<br />

screws in order to provide an attachment backlash in the proper<br />

direction.<br />

Observe the following sequence of fixing screws.<br />

1 3<br />

16) Remove each pawl, and remove the paper exit tray.<br />

3)<br />

2 4<br />

6<br />

5<br />

2)<br />

1)


17) Remove two screws and remove the fusing connector.<br />

18) Remove five screws and the connector, and lift the intermediate<br />

frame unit to remove.<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

19) Remove the screw and the E-ring, and remove the PS semi-circular<br />

earth plate and the PS roller unit.<br />

20) Remove the E-ring and remove the spring clutch from the PS roller<br />

unit.<br />

PS semi-circuler<br />

semi-circular<br />

earth plate<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

4)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

PS roller unit<br />

5)<br />

2)<br />

4)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 14<br />

21) Remove three screws and remove the TC front paper guide.<br />

22) Remove the screw and the connector, and remove the PPD1 sensor<br />

PWB.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)


23) Remove two E-rings and remove the paper feed roller.<br />

24) Remove three E-rings and remove the clutch unit.<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

6. <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed section<br />

A. List<br />

5)<br />

Paper feed<br />

roller<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Clutch unit<br />

2)<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 <strong>Manual</strong> transport roller<br />

2 Cassette detection switch<br />

3 PPD1 sensor PWB<br />

4 Side door detection unit<br />

1)<br />

Back<br />

4)<br />

Front<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

Single unit<br />

1) Remove the screw and remove the single upper cover.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 15<br />

1)<br />

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.<br />

1)<br />

Back Wire treatment<br />

2)<br />

2)


3) Remove three screws and remove the single manual feed upper<br />

frame.<br />

4) Remove the PPD1 sensor PWB.<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

Wire treatment<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 16<br />

5) Remove the E-ring and remove the manual paper feed transport<br />

roller.<br />

3)<br />

6) Remove the cassette detection switch.<br />

3)<br />

4)<br />

Wire treatment<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)


7) Remove the multi cover.<br />

Multi cover<br />

Multi unit<br />

1) Remove the screw and remove the multi upper cover.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 17<br />

2) Remove the screw and remove the side door detection unit.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

Back Wire treatment<br />

3) Remove three screws and remove the multi paper feed upper<br />

frame.<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)


4) Remove two screws and remove the multi feed bracket unit from<br />

the multi paper feed upper frame.<br />

5) Remove three E-rings and remove the manual paper feed roller<br />

B9.<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

L O C K<br />

T O K<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1) 1)<br />

6) Remove the pick-up roller.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 18<br />

7) Cut the binding band and remove the multi paper feed solenoid.<br />

Multi paper feed<br />

solenoid<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

1)


D. Pressure plate holder attachment<br />

1) Attach the pressure plate holder so that the resin section is not<br />

covered with the seal M1-N.<br />

7. Rear frame section<br />

A. List<br />

Seal M1-N<br />

Attachment<br />

reference<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Mirror motor<br />

2 Main motor<br />

3 Exhaust fan motor<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

1) Remove four screws, and remove the rear cabinet and the rear<br />

cabinet cover.<br />

1)<br />

Attachment<br />

reference<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

Pressure plate<br />

holder<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

2) Disconnect the connector.<br />

3) Remove two screws, and remove the scanner motor.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 19<br />

4) Remove two screws and one harness, and remove the main<br />

motor.<br />

5) Remove two screws and one connector, and remove the exhaust<br />

fan motor.<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

3)<br />

3)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

1)


8. Power section<br />

A. List<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

1 Noise filter PWB<br />

2 Power PWB<br />

B. Disassembly procedure<br />

Noise filter PWB<br />

1) Disconnect the connector at two positions.<br />

2) Remove the screw, and remove the noise filter PWB unit.<br />

Power PWB<br />

1) Disconnect each connector.<br />

2) Remove the screw, and remove the earth line.<br />

3) Remove two screws, and remove the power PWB unit.<br />

3)<br />

2)<br />

5)<br />

4)<br />

1) 1) 1)<br />

4)<br />

1)<br />

C. Assembly procedure<br />

For assembly, reverse the disassembly procedure.<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

3)<br />

9. 2nd cassette section<br />

No. Part name Ref.<br />

A Paper sensor<br />

B Cassette detection SW<br />

C Paper feed solenoid<br />

D Transport roller<br />

E Paper feed clutch<br />

F 2nd paper feed roller<br />

Paper feed unit removal<br />

1) Remove the screw.<br />

2) Remove the rear cover.<br />

* When installing, engage the pawl and install the unit.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 20<br />

1)<br />

A<br />

2<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1<br />

1)


1) Open the right cabinet.<br />

2) Remove three screws.<br />

3) Remove one connector from MCU.<br />

4) While tilting down the 2nd connection arm A, pull and remove the<br />

paper feed unit toward you.<br />

1<br />

D<br />

* When installing, securely insert two bosses C on the machine side<br />

and two bosses D on the paper feed unit side. Be sure to secure the<br />

ground wire B.<br />

* Insert the 2nd page feed.<br />

A. Paper sensor<br />

A<br />

D<br />

1) Remove the pawl.<br />

2) Remove the paper sensor.<br />

3) Remove the harness.<br />

1<br />

C<br />

4<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

B<br />

2<br />

B. Cassette detection switch<br />

1) Remove the pawl.<br />

2) Remove the cassette detection switch.<br />

3) Remove the harness.<br />

C. Paper feed solenoid<br />

1) Remove the screw.<br />

2) Remove the connector.<br />

3) Remove the paper feed solenoid.<br />

D. Transport roller<br />

1) Remove two E-rings.<br />

2) Remove the transport roller.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 21<br />

1<br />

B<br />

3<br />

A<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

* Install so that the earth spring A is brought into contact over bearing<br />

B.<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3


E. Paper feed clutch<br />

1) Remove the E-ring.<br />

2) Remove the paper feed clutch.<br />

3) Remove the parts.<br />

* When installing, fit the cut surface A.<br />

F. 2nd paper feed roller<br />

1) Remove the E-ring and the parts.<br />

2) Remove the 2nd paper feed roller.<br />

1<br />

D<br />

2<br />

3<br />

C<br />

B<br />

* When installing, hang the 2nd connection arm on the 2nd connection<br />

arm Spring B. Be sure to install so that the earth spring C is in<br />

contact under the bearing D.<br />

2<br />

A<br />

A<br />

1<br />

1<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 22<br />

10. Duplex motor section (RSPF model<br />

only)<br />

A. Remove the rear cabinet.<br />

1) Remove four screws.<br />

2) Remove the rear cabinet.<br />

B. Remove the main PWB.<br />

1) Disconnect each connector.<br />

2) Remove four screws, and remove the MCU PWB.<br />

3)<br />

3) Disconnect the connector.<br />

4) Remove five screws, and remove the I/F PWB.<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

1)<br />

1)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

2)<br />

2)


C. Remove the Duplex motor.<br />

1) Remove two screws.<br />

2) Remove the Duplex motor cover.<br />

3) Remove the Duplex motor.<br />

Note: When reassembling, be sure to engage the Duplex motor gear<br />

with the belt on the main body side.<br />

11. Reverse roller section (RSPF model<br />

only)<br />

A. Remove the reverse unit.<br />

1) Remove four screws<br />

2) Remove the spring, and the earth wire<br />

3) Remove the reverse unit.<br />

2<br />

1<br />

B. Remove the reverse roller.<br />

1) Bend the reverse roller and remove it.<br />

3<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

12. RSPF section (RSPF model only)<br />

A. RSPF<br />

(1) Remove the rear cabinet.<br />

1) Remove four screws.<br />

2) Remove the rear cabinet.<br />

(2) Remove the RSPF.<br />

1) Remove the connector and the cable.<br />

2) Remove the RSPF.<br />

B. Intermediate tray<br />

1) Remove the intermediate tray.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 23<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1


C. Upper cover<br />

1) Remove four screws from the bottom of the main body.<br />

2) Remove the upper cover.<br />

D. Pickup unit<br />

1) Remove the belt, the paper feed frame spring, and two harnesses.<br />

2) Remove the pickup unit.<br />

1<br />

1<br />

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the hole position for the paper<br />

feed frame spring.<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

E. Upper cover of the pickup unit.<br />

1) Remove two screws from the bottom of the pickup unit.<br />

2) Remove the upper cover.<br />

F. Sensor PWB<br />

1) Remove two screws.<br />

2) Remove the sensor PWB.<br />

3) Remove the harness.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 24<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3


G. Pickup solenoid<br />

1) Remove two screws.<br />

2) Remove the pickup solenoid.<br />

Note: When reassembling, hang the iron core on the solenoid arm.<br />

H. Clutch<br />

(1) Remove the clutch unit.<br />

1) Remove the E-ring.<br />

2) Remove the pulley and the bush.<br />

3) Slide the bush in the arrow direction.<br />

4) Lift the clutch pawl.<br />

5) Remove the clutch unit.<br />

5<br />

2<br />

3<br />

2<br />

4<br />

1<br />

A<br />

1<br />

(2) Remove the clutch<br />

1) Remove the E-ring.<br />

2) Remove the parts.<br />

I. <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed roller, pickup roller<br />

(1) Remove the pickup unit.<br />

1) Lift the paper stopper.<br />

2) Slide the take-up roller unit.<br />

3) Slide the bushing in the arrow direction.<br />

4) Remove the take-up roller.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 25<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

Note: When reassembling, hang the convex portion of the roller unit<br />

on the solenoid arm.<br />

A<br />

2<br />

2<br />

4


(2) Remove the <strong>Manual</strong> paper feed roller, pickup roller.<br />

1) Remove the parts.<br />

2) Remove the manual paper feed roller.<br />

3) Remove the pickup roller.<br />

4) Remove the parts.<br />

4<br />

J. Transport unit removal<br />

1) Disconnect the connector, and cut the binding band.<br />

2) Remove two screws, and remove the document tray unit.<br />

3) Remove five screws, and remove the transport unit.<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

5<br />

1<br />

5<br />

3<br />

2<br />

5<br />

1<br />

3<br />

6<br />

5<br />

1<br />

K. Belt 1<br />

1) Remove the belt.<br />

L. Belt 2<br />

1) Remove three screws.<br />

2) Remove the drive unit.<br />

3) Remove the belt.<br />

Note: When reassembling, hang the belt on the boss.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 26<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1


M. SPF motor<br />

1) Remove the harness.<br />

2) Remove two screws.<br />

3) Remove the SPF motor.<br />

2<br />

N. Solenoid<br />

1) Remove the harness.<br />

2) Remove two screws.<br />

3) Remove the solenoid.<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

O. Clutch<br />

1) Cut the band with nippers.<br />

2) Remove the harness.<br />

3) Remove the clutch.<br />

P. Paper supply roller<br />

(1) Remove the parts.<br />

1) Remove the two screws.<br />

2) Remove the parts.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 27<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3


(2) Remove the paper supply roller.<br />

1) Loosen the screw.<br />

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.<br />

3) Remove the parts.<br />

4) Remove the paper supply roller.<br />

2<br />

Q. Paper entry sensor<br />

1) Loosen the screw.<br />

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.<br />

3) Remove the paper entry sensor.<br />

4) Remove the harness.<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

4<br />

1<br />

4<br />

3<br />

R. Transport roller 1.<br />

(1) Remove the parts.<br />

1) Remove the parts.<br />

(2) Remove the parts.<br />

1) Loosen the screw.<br />

2) Open the paper exit paper guide.<br />

3) Remove the parts.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 28<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1


(3) Remove the transport roller.<br />

1) Remove the paper exit paper guide.<br />

2) Remove the transport roller.<br />

S. Paper exit roller<br />

(1) Remove the parts.<br />

1) Remove two screws.<br />

2) Remove the parts.<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

(2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.<br />

1) Remove two screws.<br />

2) Remove the paper feed paper guide upper.<br />

(3) Remove the paper exit roller.<br />

1) Remove the parts.<br />

2) Remove the paper exit roller.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 29<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1


T. Solenoid<br />

(1) Remove the reverse gate<br />

1) Remove the ring<br />

2) Remove the reverse gate<br />

Note: When reassembling, be careful of the groove and the hole<br />

positions of the spring.<br />

Note: When reassembling, hang 2) on the solenoid.<br />

(2) Remove the solenoid.<br />

1) Remove the screw.<br />

2) Remove the solenoid.<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY 8 - 30


[9] ADJUSTMENTS<br />

1. Optical section<br />

A. Copy magnification ratio adjustment<br />

The copy magnification ratio must be adjusted in the main scanning<br />

direction and in the sub scanning direction. To adjust, use SIM 48-1.<br />

(1) Outline<br />

The main scanning (front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment<br />

is made automatically or manually.<br />

Automatic adjustment: The width of the reference line marked on the<br />

shading correction plate is scanned to perform the main scanning<br />

(front/rear) direction magnification ratio adjustment automatically.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> adjustment: The adjustment is made by manual key<br />

operations. (In either of the automatic and manual adjustments, the<br />

zoom data register set value is changed for adjustment.)<br />

The magnification ratio in the sub scanning direction is adjusted by<br />

changing the carriage (scanner) scanning speed.<br />

(2) Main scanning direction magnification ratio adjustment<br />

a. Cases when the adjustment is required<br />

1) When the main PWB is replaced.<br />

2) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.<br />

3) When "U2" trouble occurs.<br />

4) When repairing or replacing the optical section.<br />

b. Necessary tools<br />

• Screwdriver (+)<br />

Scale<br />

c. Adjustment procedure<br />

Automatic adjustment<br />

In the first place, perform SIM48-1 (Main scanning direction<br />

magnification ratio adjustment and black level correction (CCD dark<br />

component target value setup)).<br />

To perform the automatic adjustment, place the gray gradation chart<br />

(UKOG-0162FCZZ) face down so as to fit with the left center of the<br />

platen with the darker side (Density 10) on the left of OC.<br />

10 1<br />

Back of the chart<br />

In the case of the automatic adjustment, when the PRINT switch is<br />

pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white plate for shading to<br />

scan the width of the reference line, calculating the correction value<br />

and displaying and storing this value.<br />

After completion of the automatic adjustment, press the density<br />

adjustment Down key, and the black level will be displayed in<br />

hexadecimal number (3 digits) of 12bits.<br />

After execution of the automatic adjustment, go out from the simulation<br />

mode and make a copy to check the magnification ratio.<br />

Adjustment mode Lighting lamp<br />

Main scanning direction auto copy Auto exposure lamp ON<br />

magnification ratio adjustment and<br />

black level automatic correction<br />

Main scanning direction manual copy <strong>Manual</strong> exposure lamp ON<br />

magnification ratio adjustment<br />

Sub scanning direction copy<br />

Photo exposure lamp ON<br />

magnification ratio adjustment<br />

SPF mode scanning direction<br />

Auto, <strong>Manual</strong>, Photo lamp<br />

magnification ratio adjustment ON<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 1<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> adjustment<br />

1) Set the scale vertically on the document table. (Use a long scale<br />

for precise adjustment.)<br />

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.<br />

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.<br />

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.<br />

5) Calculate the main scanning direction magnification ratio.<br />

Main scanning direction magnification ratio<br />

= Copy image dimensions Original dimension<br />

X 100 (%)<br />

(When a 100mm scale is used as the original.)<br />

Paper feed<br />

direction<br />

mm<br />

1/2mm<br />

mm<br />

1/2mm<br />

10<br />

20<br />

10 20<br />

Reference Comparison point<br />

100 110<br />

JAPAN<br />

120 130 140<br />

H<strong>AR</strong>DENED<br />

STAINLESS<br />

150<br />

6) Check that the copy magnification ratio is within the specified<br />

range. If it is not within the specified range, perform the following<br />

procedures.<br />

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the main scanning direction copy<br />

magnification ratio adjustment mode.<br />

To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.<br />

If the magnification ratio is not in the specified range (100±1.0%),<br />

manually adjust as follows.<br />

8) Set the adjustment mode to <strong>Manual</strong> with the copy mode select key.<br />

9) Enter the new set value of main scanning direction copy<br />

magnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the<br />

COPY button.<br />

10) Change the set value and repeat the adjustment until the ratio is<br />

within the specified range.<br />

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ratio is<br />

changed by 0.1%.<br />

(3) Sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio<br />

a. Cases when the adjustment is required<br />

1) When the scanner unit drive section is disassembled or the part is<br />

replaced.<br />

2) When the main PWB is replaced.<br />

3) When the EEPROM in the main PWB is replaced.<br />

4) When "U2" trouble occurs.<br />

Shizuoka<br />

100 110<br />

JAPAN<br />

120 130 140<br />

H<strong>AR</strong>DENED<br />

STAINLESS<br />

150<br />

110<br />

Original (Scale)<br />

Shizuoka<br />

Copy


. Necessary tools<br />

Scale<br />

c. Adjustment procedure<br />

1) Set the scale on the document table as shown below. (Use a long<br />

scale for precise adjustment.)<br />

2) Set the copy magnification ratio to 100%.<br />

3) Make a copy on A4 or 81/2" x 11" paper.<br />

4) Measure the length of the copied scale image.<br />

5) Calculate the sub scanning direction copy magnification ratio<br />

using the formula below.<br />

= Copy image dimensions X 100 (%)<br />

Original dimension<br />

mm<br />

1/2mm<br />

mm<br />

1/2mm<br />

10 20<br />

10<br />

20<br />

110<br />

Original (Scale)<br />

100 110<br />

JAPAN<br />

120 130 140<br />

H<strong>AR</strong>DDENCD<br />

STAINLESS<br />

150<br />

6) Check that the actual copy magnification ratio is within the<br />

specified range. (100 ± 1.0%).<br />

If it is not within the specified range, perform the following<br />

procedures.<br />

7) Execute SIM 48-1 to select the sub scanning direction copy<br />

magnification ratio adjustment mode.<br />

To select the adjustment mode, use the copy mode select key.<br />

(Photo exposure lamp ON)<br />

8) Enter the new set value of sub scanning direction copy<br />

magnification ratio with the copy quantity set key, and press the<br />

COPY button.<br />

Repeat procedures 1) - 8) until the sub scanning direction actual copy<br />

magnification ratio in 100% copying is within the specified range.<br />

When the set value is changed by 1, the magnification ration is<br />

changed by 0.1%.<br />

Shizuoka<br />

100 110<br />

JAPAN<br />

120 130 140<br />

H<strong>AR</strong>DDENCD<br />

STAINLESS<br />

150<br />

Reference Comparison point Copy<br />

Shizuoka<br />

Paper feed<br />

direction<br />

B. Image position adjustment<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 2<br />

There are following five kinds of image position adjustments, which are<br />

made by laser control except for the image scan start position<br />

adjustment. For the adjustments, SIM 50 - 01, 50 - 10, 50 - 18 and SIM<br />

50 - 19 are used.<br />

No. Adjustment item Simulation<br />

1 Print start position 50 - 01<br />

2 Image lead edge void amount 50 - 01<br />

3 Image scan start position 50 - 01<br />

4 Image rear edge void amount 50 - 01<br />

5 SPF image scan start position 50 - 01<br />

6 Center offset 50 - 10<br />

7 Memory reverse position adjustment in<br />

duplex copy<br />

50 - 18<br />

8 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment 50 - 19<br />

9 Duplex back print start position 50 - 19<br />

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 01, use the copy mode<br />

select key.<br />

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lamps<br />

are as shown in the table below.<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Print start position (Main cassette paper<br />

feed)<br />

AE, main cassette lamp<br />

Print start position (2nd cassette paper<br />

feed)<br />

AE, 2nd cassette lamp<br />

Print start position (<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed) AE, manual feed lamp<br />

Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp<br />

Image scan start position PHOTO lamp<br />

Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO<br />

lamp<br />

SPF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp<br />

: Supported for the installing model and skipped for non-installing<br />

mode.<br />

To select the adjustment mode with SIM 50 - 10, use the copy mode<br />

select key.<br />

The relationship between the adjustment modes and the lighting lamps<br />

are as shown in the table below.<br />

Machine with the multi manual paper feed unit<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Print center offset (Main cassette paper AE, main cassette lamp<br />

feed)<br />

Print center offset (<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp<br />

OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp<br />

Machine with the single manual paper feed unit<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Print center offset (Main cassette paper AE, main cassette lamp<br />

feed)<br />

Print center offset (<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp<br />

OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp<br />

Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment mode<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Image cut rear edge void quantity<br />

(RSPF)<br />

AE lamp<br />

Paper rear edge void quantity TEXT lamp<br />

Print start position (Duplex back) PHOTO lamp<br />

RSPF (Back) original center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps


(1) Lead edge adjustment<br />

1) Set a scale to the center of the paper lead edge guide as shown<br />

below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14" paper.<br />

2) Execute SIM 50 - 01<br />

3) Set the print start position (AE lamp ON) (A), the lead edge void<br />

amount (TEXT lamp ON) (B), and the scan start position (PHOTO<br />

lamp ON) (C) to 0, and make a copy of a scale at 100%.<br />

4) Measure the image loss amount (R mm) of the scale image.<br />

Set C = 10 X R (mm). (Example: Set the value of C to 30.)<br />

When the value of C is increased by 10, the image loss is<br />

decreased by 1mm. (Default: 50)<br />

5) Measure the distance (H mm) between the paper lead edge and<br />

the image print start position.<br />

Set A = 10 X H (mm). (Example: Set the value of A to 50.)<br />

When the value of A is increased by 10, the image lead edge is<br />

shifted to the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)<br />

6) Set the lead edge void amount to B = 50 (2.5mm).<br />

When the value of B is increased by 10, the void amount is<br />

increased by about 1mm. For 25 or less, however, the void amount<br />

becomes zero. (Default: 50)<br />

(Example)<br />

Distance between paper lead<br />

edge and image: H = 5mm<br />

5mm<br />

10mm<br />

Image loss:<br />

R = 3mm<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 3<br />

(2) Image rear edge void amount adjustment<br />

1) Set a scale to the rear edge section of A4 or 11" x 8 1/2" paper size<br />

as shown in the figure below, and cover it with B4 or 8 1/2" x 14"<br />

paper.<br />

B4 or 8 1/2″ × 14″ paper<br />

A4 size rear edge<br />

2) Execute SIM 50 - 01 to select the image rear edge void amount<br />

adjustment mode.<br />

The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.<br />

3) Make a copy and measure the void amount of image rear edge.<br />

Void amount (Standard value: 2 3mm)<br />

Scale image<br />

Paper rear edge<br />

4) If the measurement value is out of the specified range, change the<br />

set value and repeat the adjustment procedure.<br />

The default value is 50.<br />

Note: The rear edge void cannot be checked with the first sheet after<br />

entering the simulation mode, the first sheet after turning off/on<br />

the power, or the first sheet after inserting the cassette. Use the<br />

second or later sheet to check the rear edge void.<br />

(3) Center offset adjustment<br />

1) Set the self-made test chart for the center position adjustment so<br />

that its center line is aligned with the center mark of the document<br />

guide.<br />

Test chart for the center position adjustment.<br />

Draw a line at the center of A4 or 8 1/2" x 11" paper in the paper<br />

transport direction.<br />

Document guide<br />

Center<br />

Copy paper<br />

(A4 or 8 1/2″ × 11″)<br />

2) Execute SIM 50 - 10 to select the print center offset (cassette<br />

paper feed) adjustment mode.<br />

The set adjustment value is displayed on the copy quantity display.


3) Make a copy and check that the copied center line is properly<br />

positioned.<br />

The standard value is 0 ±2mm from the paper center.<br />

(Copy A)<br />

(Copy B)<br />

(Paper feed direction)<br />

4) If the measured value is out of the specified range, change the set<br />

value and repeat the adjustment procedure.<br />

When the set value is increased by 1, the copy image is shifted by<br />

0.1mm toward the rear frame.<br />

For the manual paper feed, change the manual paper feed<br />

adjustment mode and perform the similar procedures.<br />

Since the document center offset is automatically adjusted by the<br />

CCD which scan the reference lines (F/R) on the back of document<br />

guide, there is no need to adjust manually.<br />

2. Copy density adjustment<br />

2.0mm or less<br />

A. Copy density adjustment timing<br />

Shift<br />

2.0mm or less<br />

Shift<br />

The copy density adjustment must be performed in the following cases:<br />

When maintenance is performed.<br />

When the developing bias/grid bias voltage is adjusted.<br />

When the optical section is cleaned.<br />

When a part in the optical section is replaced.<br />

When the optical section is disassembled.<br />

When the OPC drum is replaced.<br />

When the main control PWB is replaced.<br />

When the EEPROM on the main control PWB is replaced.<br />

When the memory trouble (U2) occurs.<br />

B. Note for copy density adjustment<br />

1) Arrangement before execution of the copy density adjustment<br />

Clean the optical section.<br />

Clean or replace the charger wire.<br />

Check that the voltage at the high voltage section and the<br />

developing bias voltage are in the specified range.<br />

C. Necessary tool for copy density adjustment<br />

Copy image<br />

Copy paper<br />

folding line<br />

Copy image<br />

Copy paper<br />

folding line<br />

One of the following test charts:<br />

UKOG-0162FCZZ, UKOG-0089CSZZ, KODAK GRAY SCALE<br />

B4 (14" x 8 1/2") white paper<br />

The user program AE setting should be "3."<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 4<br />

Test chart comparison table<br />

UKOG-<br />

0162FCZZ<br />

DENSITY<br />

No.<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W<br />

UKOG-<br />

0089CSZZ<br />

DENSITY<br />

No.<br />

KODAK<br />

GRAY<br />

SCALE<br />

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.9 0<br />

1 2 3 4 19 A<br />

D. Features of copy density adjustment<br />

For the copy density adjustment, the image data shift function provided<br />

in the image process LSI is used.<br />

List of the adjustment modes<br />

Auto Mode Brightness 1 step only<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center<br />

brightness is made.<br />

Photo Mode Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center<br />

brightness is made.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> T/S<br />

mode<br />

Brightness 5 steps. Adjustment of only the center<br />

brightness is made.<br />

T/S Auto mode Brightness 1 step only<br />

E. Copy density adjustment procedure<br />

Use SIM 46 - 01 to set the copy density for each copy mode.<br />

For selection of modes, use the copy mode select key.<br />

(1) Test chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) setting<br />

1) Place the test chart so that its edge is aligned with the A4 (Letter)<br />

reference line on the document table. Then place a A4 (14" x<br />

8 1/2") white paper on the test chart and close the document cover.<br />

White paper<br />

Test chart


(2) Perform the adjustment in each mode.<br />

1) Execute SIM 46-1.<br />

2) Select the mode to be adjusted with the exposure mode select key.<br />

Set the exposure level to 3 for all adjustment. (Except for the auto<br />

mode.)<br />

Adjustment mode<br />

Exposure mode<br />

display lamp<br />

Sharp gray chart<br />

adjustment level<br />

Auto mode Auto lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> mode <strong>Manual</strong> lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.<br />

Photo mode Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> T/S mode <strong>Manual</strong> lamp/Photo lamp<br />

ON<br />

"3" is slightly copied.<br />

Auto T/S mode Auto lamp/Photo lamp ON "3" is slightly copied.<br />

3) Make a copy.<br />

Check the adjustment level (shown in the above table) of the<br />

exposure test chart (Sharp Gray Scale).<br />

Non toner<br />

save mode<br />

Toner save<br />

mode<br />

(1) (2)<br />

(1) Mode select key/display<br />

lamp<br />

(2) Exposure level select<br />

key/display lamp<br />

Sharp Gray Scale adjustment level<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W<br />

Not copied.<br />

Slightly copied.<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 W<br />

Not copied.<br />

Slightly copied.<br />

(When too bright): Decrease the value displayed on the copy quantity<br />

display.<br />

(When too dark): Increase the value displayed on the copy quantity<br />

display.<br />

* The value can be set in the range of 1 - 99.<br />

3. High voltage adjustment<br />

A. Main charger (Grid bias)<br />

Note:<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 5<br />

Use a digital multi meter with internal resistance of 10MΩ or more<br />

measurement.<br />

After adjusting the grid LOW output, adjust the HIGH output. Do not<br />

reverse the sequence.<br />

Procedures<br />

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC700V.<br />

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN11-3<br />

(GRID) of high voltage section of the power PWB and set the<br />

negative side to the frame ground (power frame).<br />

3) Execute SIM 8-3. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 sec<br />

in the grid voltage LOW output mode.)<br />

4) Adjust the control volume (VRG2) so that the output voltage is<br />

– 390 ±20V.<br />

5) Execute SIM 8-2. (The main charger output is supplied for 30 sec<br />

in the grid voltage HIGH output mode.)<br />

6) Adjust the control volume (VRG1) so that the output voltage is 580<br />

±12V.<br />

B. DV bias check<br />

VRG1<br />

VRG2<br />

Note: A digital multi meter with internal resistance of 1GΩ must be<br />

use for correct check.<br />

The adjustment volume is locked, and no adjustment can be<br />

made.<br />

Procedures<br />

1) Set the digital multi meter range to DC500V.<br />

2) Set the positive side of the test rod to the connector CN-10-1 (DV<br />

BIAS) and set the negative side to the frame ground (power<br />

frame).<br />

3) Execute SIM 25-1 to output the developing bias for 30sec, and<br />

check that the output is – 400 ±8V.<br />

VRDV


4. Duplex adjustment<br />

A. Adjusting the paper reverse position in memory<br />

for duplex copying<br />

This step adjusts the front surface printing (odd-number pages of a<br />

document set) in the S-D mode copying and the leading edge position<br />

of an image on even-number pages in the D-S mode.<br />

That is, it covers the adjustment of the second surface printing mode<br />

(image loss at the front edge of an image) in which image data is once<br />

stored in memory.<br />

The image data is read, starting from its front end in the document<br />

delivery direction (Reference direction of document setting in the OC<br />

mode)and stored in memory.<br />

This stored image data is printed starting at the printing start position,<br />

in the order of last-stored data to the first-stored data.<br />

In other words, the front edge image loss of the image can be adjusted<br />

by changing the document read end position.<br />

(Adjustment procedure)<br />

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of a<br />

sheet of A4 white paper or letter paper)<br />

5 10<br />

2) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below, in<br />

the S-D mode and the D-S mode.<br />

Scale (S-D mode) Scale (D-S mode)<br />

3) Execute simulation 50-18 to make a copy and check the front edge<br />

image loss at the area where the scale is printed.<br />

Adjust the setting so that the front edge image loss is less than 4.0<br />

mm in the R-SPF mode.<br />

An increase of 1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in<br />

image loss.<br />

The front edge of the<br />

scale on test chart<br />

less than 4 mm<br />

Front edge of paper<br />

5 10<br />

Void area<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 6<br />

B. Adjusting trailing edge void in duplex copy mode<br />

This is the adjustment of the first surface printing mode (rear end void)<br />

in duplex copying.<br />

In a duplex copying operation, the paper is delivered starting from the<br />

rear end of the first printing surface. It is therefore necessary to make a<br />

void area at the rear end on the first printing surface to prevent paper<br />

jam at the fusing part.<br />

There are two adjustment modes:<br />

1) Image cut rear end void quantity (R-SPF) 50-19(AE)<br />

The size (length) of a document read from the R-SPF is detected,<br />

the image at the trailing edge of the first printing surface is cut to<br />

make a void area. (The adjustment of void quantity at the time<br />

when the cassette paper size is not recognized.)<br />

2) Paper trailing edge void quantity 50-19 (TEXT)<br />

This adjustment is made when the cassette paper size is<br />

recognized. The trailing edge void quantity can be adjusted by<br />

changing the trailing edge image laser OFF timing.<br />

The paper void quantity should be first adjusted before the image cut<br />

trailing edge void quantity (R-SPF) is adjusted.<br />

(Adjustment procedure)<br />

(1) Paper trailing edge void quantity<br />

1) Preparing test chart (Draw a scale at the rear end of one side of a<br />

sheet of A/4 white paper or letter paper)<br />

2) Set the test chart on the document glass as shown below.<br />

3) Using the user simulation [18], set the paper size of the first<br />

cassette.<br />

Letter paper: 4<br />

A4 paper: 3<br />

2nd printing surface where scale is printed (lower side)<br />

Document guide The trailing edge has a scale<br />

Table glass


4) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the TEXT lamp and make the<br />

printing mode in OC-D mode.<br />

Make a copy of the test chart to check the void area of the scale on<br />

the image.<br />

Paper<br />

Void position to be check<br />

The trailing edge void on the first printing surface<br />

is shown above.<br />

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 4 - 5 mm. An increase in 1 of<br />

setting represents 0.1 mm in void area.<br />

(2) Image cut trailing edge void quantity (R-SPF)<br />

1) Set the test chart so that the scale is positioned as shown below.<br />

Scale (D-D mode)<br />

2) Execute simulation 50-19 to turn on the AE lamp(on the operation<br />

panel) and make the printing mode in the D-D mode.<br />

3) Remove and reinsert the cassette.<br />

Note: Make sure to carry out this step before making a copy during<br />

this adjustment.<br />

4) Make a copy and check the void area of the scale on the image.<br />

Adjust the setting so that the void area is 2 - 4 mm. An increase of<br />

1 in setting represents an increase of 0.1 mm in void area.<br />

l Void position to be checked<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ADJUSTMENTS 9 - 7


[10] SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES<br />

1. Entering the simulation mode<br />

To enter the serviceman simulation mode, press the keys as follows:<br />

Clear → Density select → Clear→ Density select<br />

To cancel the simulation mode, press the clear key.<br />

Flow chart of entering the simulation mode<br />

The current set adjustment<br />

value and the counter<br />

value are displayed on the<br />

COPY QUANTITY<br />

displayed Sensor check,<br />

etc. are displayed by the<br />

alarm lamps, etc.<br />

To change the current set<br />

values, enter with the COPY<br />

QUANTITY key.<br />

10th digit:<br />

1st digit:<br />

Count up of values:<br />

COPY QUANTITY key<br />

Count down of values:<br />

Zoom key + COPY<br />

QUANTITY key<br />

The entered value<br />

is displayed on the<br />

COPY QUANTITY<br />

display.<br />

Press the COPY<br />

key.<br />

The entered value<br />

is registered.<br />

1<br />

Is there a sub<br />

code ?<br />

NO<br />

Press the COPY<br />

key.<br />

Is it the<br />

simulation for<br />

operation<br />

check?<br />

YES<br />

Perform the operation<br />

according to the<br />

simulation number.<br />

Is another<br />

simulation to be<br />

performed ?<br />

NO<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

All displays on the<br />

operation panel go off,<br />

and the machine enters<br />

the ready state for<br />

entering the main code.<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

End<br />

YES<br />

YES<br />

Press the COPY key.<br />

The COPY QUANTITY<br />

display blinks to indicate<br />

"00" and the machine<br />

enters the ready<br />

state for sub code input.<br />

Enter the sub code with<br />

the COPY QUANTITY key.<br />

10th digit<br />

1st digit:<br />

Count up of values:<br />

COPY QUANTITY key<br />

Count down of values:<br />

Zoom key + COPY<br />

QUANTITY key<br />

Press the COPY key.<br />

Is the<br />

main code the<br />

same ?<br />

YES<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 1<br />

NO<br />

Is the<br />

sub code<br />

displayed ?<br />

YES<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

NO<br />

The COPY QUANTITY<br />

display blinks to indicate<br />

the previously set sub<br />

enters the ready 7 state for<br />

sub code input.<br />

code, and the machine<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

Enter the new main<br />

code.<br />

The main code is<br />

displayed on the<br />

COPY QUANTITY<br />

display.<br />

Start<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

Within 1sec<br />

Press the exposure<br />

mode selector key.<br />

Within 1sec<br />

Press the clear key.<br />

Within 1sec<br />

Press the exposure<br />

mode selector key.<br />

All displays on the<br />

operation panel go off,<br />

and the machine enters<br />

he ready state for entering<br />

he main code.<br />

Enter the main code with<br />

the COPY QUANTITY key.<br />

10th digit:<br />

1st digit:<br />

Count up of values:<br />

COPY QUANTITY key<br />

Count down of values:<br />

Zoom key + COPY<br />

QUANTITY key<br />

The main code is<br />

displayed on the<br />

COPY QUANTITY<br />

display.<br />

1


2. List of simulations<br />

Sim<br />

No.<br />

Kind of<br />

main code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Operation<br />

01 Optical system 01 Mirror scan operation<br />

06 Aging of mirror scanning<br />

02 SPF Individual<br />

load operation<br />

05 Lamp ON<br />

check<br />

06 Machine<br />

individual load<br />

operation<br />

02 SPF sensor status display<br />

03 Motor ON<br />

04 Paper feed solenoid ON<br />

05 Pressure release solenoid ON<br />

(RSPF)<br />

06 Resist clutch ON (RSPF)<br />

07 Gate solenoid ON (RSPF)<br />

01 Operation panel display check<br />

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation<br />

check<br />

03 Copy lamp ON<br />

01 Paper feed solenoid ON<br />

02 Resist solenoid ON<br />

07 Aging 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam<br />

06 Intermittent aging<br />

08 High voltage<br />

output check<br />

01 Developing bias<br />

02 Main charger (Grid high)<br />

03 Grid voltage (Low)<br />

06 Transfer charger<br />

10 Other None Toner motor aging<br />

14 Trouble reset None Cancel of troubles other than U2<br />

16 U2 trouble<br />

reset<br />

None Cancel of U2 trouble<br />

20 01 Maintenance counter clear<br />

21 01 Maintenance cycle setup<br />

02 Mini maintenance cycle setup (Valid<br />

only when the destination is set to<br />

Japan AB series.)<br />

22 Counter<br />

display<br />

24 Special<br />

counter clear<br />

25 Main motor<br />

ON<br />

01 Maintenance counter display<br />

02 Maintenance preset value display<br />

04 JAM total counter display<br />

05 Total counter display<br />

06 Developer counter display<br />

08 SPF counter display<br />

12 Drum counter display<br />

14 P-ROM version display<br />

17 Copy counter display<br />

18 Printer counter display<br />

19 Scanner mode counter display<br />

21 Scanner counter display<br />

22 SPF JAM counter display<br />

01 JAM total counter clear<br />

04 SPF counter clear<br />

06 Developer counter clear<br />

07 Drum counter clear<br />

08 Copy counter clear<br />

09 Printer counter clear<br />

13 Scanner counter clear<br />

14 SPF JAM total counter clear<br />

15 Scanner mode counter clear<br />

01 Main motor operation check (Cooling<br />

fan motor rotation check)<br />

10 Polygon motor ON<br />

Sim<br />

No.<br />

Kind of<br />

main code<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 2<br />

26 Various setup 01 <strong>Manual</strong> feed setup<br />

02 (R) SPF setup<br />

03 Second cassette setup<br />

04 Machine duplex setup<br />

06 Destination setup<br />

07 Machine conditions check<br />

20 Rear edge void setup<br />

30 CE mark support control ON/OFF<br />

37 Developer life-over termination<br />

cancel<br />

38 Cancel of stop at drum life over<br />

39 Memory capacity check<br />

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup<br />

(Time required for turning OFF after<br />

completion of printing)<br />

42 Transfer ON timing control setup<br />

43 Side void setup<br />

44 SPF document rear edge read setup<br />

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup<br />

63 Fan control select setup<br />

64 Heater control setup during the<br />

scanner mode<br />

30 Sensor<br />

operation<br />

check<br />

(Standard<br />

provision)<br />

01 Paper sensor status display<br />

43 Fusing<br />

temperature<br />

setup<br />

46 Exposure<br />

adjustment<br />

48 Magnification<br />

ratio correction<br />

and black level<br />

adjustment<br />

01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal<br />

copy)<br />

04 Fusing temperature setup 2<br />

05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex<br />

copy<br />

09 Setup of fusing control of postcard<br />

size paper<br />

01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)<br />

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)<br />

18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)<br />

19 γ table setup or AE operation mode<br />

setup<br />

20 SPF exposure correction<br />

29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)<br />

31 Image sharpness adjustment<br />

32 Copier color reproduction setup<br />

01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction<br />

and scan (sub scanning) direction<br />

magnification ratio adjustment and<br />

black level adjustment<br />

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode<br />

50 Lead edge<br />

adjustment<br />

51 Timing<br />

adjustment<br />

01 Lead edge image position<br />

10 Center offset adjustment<br />

18 Memory reverse position adjustment<br />

in duplex copy<br />

19 Duplex copy rear edge void<br />

adjustment<br />

02 Resist quantity adjustment<br />

53 08 SPF scan position automatic<br />

adjustment<br />

61 Laser system<br />

operation<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

03 Polygon motor check<br />

(HSYNC output check)<br />

63 Shading 01 Shading check<br />

64 Self print 01 Self print<br />

Operation


3. Contents of simulations<br />

Input method: Clear key → Exposure Select key → Clear key → Exposure Select key<br />

Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Content<br />

01 01 Mirror scan operation<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the mirror home position is detected.<br />

Sensor name Display lamp<br />

Mirror home position sensor OPC drum cartridge replacement lamp<br />

2. When the _ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, scanning is executed at the speed corresponding to the currently set copy magnification ratio.<br />

The copy magnification ratio can be arbitrarily set with the magnification ratio select key/zoom key.<br />

06 Aging of mirror scanning<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base performs full scan at the speed of the set magnification ratio. After 3 sec, the mirror<br />

case performs full scan again. These procedures are repeated until the clear key is pressed. (When the PRINT switch is pressed once,<br />

the ready lamp keeps OFF.)<br />

The status of the mirror home position sensor is displayed with the photoconductor cartridge lamp. (The lamp is ON when the mirror is<br />

at the home position.)<br />

During aging, the copy lamp keeps ON.<br />

02 02 SPF sensor status display<br />

ON/OFF of the sensors in the SPF can be checked with the following lamps.<br />

Display Sensor<br />

Developer cartridge replacement lamp Document set detection (SPID)<br />

Jam lamp SPF document transport detection (SPPD)<br />

Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp SPF cover open/close detection (SDOD)<br />

SPF jam lamp SPF open/close detection (SDSW)<br />

FAX document size detection<br />

Paper size detection<br />

03 Motor ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the start key is pressed, the SPF motor rotates for 10 sec at the speed corresponding to the currently set magnification ratio.<br />

04 Paper feed solenoid ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the start key is pressed, the SPF paper feed solenoid repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.<br />

05 Pressure release solenoid ON (RSPF)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the start key is pressed, the RSPF document transport solenoid (SPFS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.<br />

06 Resist clutch ON (RSPF)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the start key is pressed, the RSPF resist clutch (SRRC) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.<br />

07 Gate solenoid ON (RSPF)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the start key is pressed, the RSPF gate solenoid (SGS) repeats ON (500 ms) and OFF (500 ms) 20 times.<br />

05 01 Operation panel display check<br />

• When the PRINT switch is pressed, all LEDs (including 7-segment LEDs) on the operation panel are lighted. (LED check mode)<br />

When 1Up key is pressed, the LEDs on the operation panel are lighted individually from the top left to the bottom right in sequence.<br />

After completion of all individual lighting, all LEDs are lighted simultaneously. (The 7-segment LED lights the three-digit sections at<br />

the same time.)<br />

Individual lighting frequency ON: 300ms, OFF: 20ms<br />

When the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key is pressed, this simulation is terminated.<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed in the LED check mode, the machine enters the Key input check mode.<br />

“Key input check mode”<br />

When the machine enters the Key input check mode, the value display section indicates “– – –.” Every time any key on the operat ion<br />

panel is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed on the value display section. However, the keys that were pressed once are<br />

not counted again.<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the entered value is added and displayed for 3 sec and all the LEDs are lighted. (LED lighting<br />

check mode)<br />

(Note for Key input check mode)<br />

Press the PRINT switch at the end. (If it is pressed in the middle of the process, the entered value up to that moment is displayed for<br />

3 sec and the machine enters the LED lighting check mode. (ALL the LEDs are lighted.))<br />

Multiple key inputs are ignored.<br />

02 Fusing lamp, cooling fan operation check<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the fusing lamp repeats operations of 500ms-ON and 500ms-OFF 5 times. During that time, the<br />

cooling fan motor rotates.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 3


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

05 03 Copy lamp ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the copy lamp is lighted for 5 sec.<br />

06 01 Paper feed solenoid ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the paper feed solenoid selected by the tray select key repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20<br />

times.<br />

02 Resist solenoid ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the resist solenoid (RRS) repeats ON (500ms) and OFF (500ms) 20 times.<br />

07 01 Warm-up display and aging with jam<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.<br />

2. Warm-up time is counted and displayed every second on the copy quantity display.<br />

3. After completion of warm-up, the time count is stopped and the ready lamp is lighted.<br />

4. Press the clear key to clear the warm-up time display, set the copy quantity, and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the machine will copy<br />

the set quantity repeatedly.<br />

This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.<br />

06 Intermittent aging<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When the simulation is executed, warming up is started.<br />

2. After completion of warm-up, the ready lamp is lighted.<br />

3. Set the copy quantity and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the machine will copy the set quantity repeatedly.<br />

4. After 3 sec of the interval time from completion of copying the set quantity, the machine will resume copying.<br />

5. The above operation 4 is repeated.<br />

This simulation is canceled by turning off the power or executing any simulation which performs hardware reset.<br />

08 01 Developing bias<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the developing bias is outputted for 30 sec.<br />

02 Main charger (Grid high)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage HIGH mode.<br />

03 Grid voltage (Low)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the main charger output is supplied for 30 sec in the grid voltage LOW mode.<br />

06 Transfer charger<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the transfer charger output is supplied for 30 sec.<br />

10 None Toner motor aging<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the toner motor output is supplied for 30 sec.<br />

14 None Cancel of troubles other than U2<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.<br />

16 None Cancel of U2 trouble<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the EEPROM total counter check sum is rewritten and the trouble is canceled.<br />

2. After canceling the trouble, the simulation is also automatically canceled.<br />

20 01 Maintenance counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the maintenance count is cleared and the value “000000” is displayed.<br />

21 01 Maintenance cycle setup<br />

The currently set code (default) of the maintenance cycle is displayed, and the newly set data are saved.<br />

Code Setup<br />

0 3,000 sheets<br />

1 6,000 sheets<br />

2 9,000 sheets<br />

3 13,000 sheets<br />

4 25,000 sheets *Default<br />

5 Free (999,999 sheets)<br />

Content<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 4


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

21 02 Mini maintenance cycle setup (Valid only when the destination is set to Japan AB series.)<br />

The currently set code (default) of the mini maintenance cycle is displayed, and the newly set data are saved.<br />

Code Setup<br />

0 5,000 sheets *Default<br />

1 10,000 sheets<br />

2 Free (999,999 sheets)<br />

22 01 Maintenance counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

02 Maintenance preset value display<br />

The quantity corresponding to the code set with 21-01 and 21-02 is displayed.<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

04 JAM total counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

05 Total counter display<br />

The total count value is displayed in 3 digits X 2 times repeatedly.<br />

<br />

012 → Blank → 345 → Blank → 012<br />

0.7s 0.3s 0.7s 1.0s 0.7s<br />

Content<br />

06 Developer counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

08 SPF counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

12 Drum counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

14 P-ROM version display<br />

The main code and the sub code of the P-ROM version is displayed on the value display section in 2 digits alternately.<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

17 Copy counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

18 Printer counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

19 Scanner mode counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

21 Scanner counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

22 SPF JAM counter display<br />

The display method is the same as the total count value display.<br />

24 01 JAM total counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the JAM total count value is reset to 0.<br />

04 SPF counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF count value is reset to 0.<br />

06 Developer counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the developer count value is reset to 0.<br />

07 Drum counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the drum count value is reset to 0.<br />

08 Copy counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the copy count value is reset to 0.<br />

09 Printer counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the printer count value is reset to 0.<br />

13 Scanner counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner count value is reset to 0.<br />

14 SPF JAM total counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the SPF JAM total count value is reset to 0.<br />

15 Scanner mode counter clear<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the scanner mode counter is reset to 0.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 5


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

25 01 Main motor operation check (Cooling fan motor rotation check)<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the main motor (as well as the duplex motor in the duplex model) is operated for 30 sec. If the<br />

developing unit is installed at that time, the developing bias, the main charger, and the grid are outputted together in order to avoid<br />

toner consumption. Since, in this case, laser discharge is required when stopping the motor, the polygon motor is rotated at the same<br />

time. If the developing unit is not installed, the above high voltage is not outputted and only the motor is rotated.<br />

: Do not execute this simulation by forcibly turning ON the door ON/OFF switch.<br />

10 Polygon motor ON<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, the polygon motor is operated for 30 sec.<br />

26 01 <strong>Manual</strong> feed setup<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set bypass code number is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number corresponding to the bypass and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the setting will be changed.<br />

Code number Bypass<br />

0 Single bypass<br />

1 Multi bypass<br />

02 (R) SPF setup<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the SPF code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding to the<br />

SPF and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number SPF<br />

0 SPF not installed<br />

1 SPF installed<br />

2 RSPF installed<br />

03 Second cassette setup<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the second cassette is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.<br />

Code number Second cassette<br />

0 Without second cassette<br />

1 With second cassette<br />

Content<br />

04 Machine duplex setup<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set duplex code number is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number corresponding to the duplex and press the ENTER key, and the setup will be changed.<br />

Code number Duplex<br />

0 Without Duplex<br />

1 With Duplex<br />

06 Destination setup<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the destination code number is displayed. Enter the code number corresponding<br />

to the destination and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Destination<br />

0 Inch series<br />

1 EX JAPAN AB series<br />

2 JAPAN AB series<br />

3 China (EX JAPAN AB series + Chinese paper support)<br />

07 Machine conditions check<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current machine setup is displayed.<br />

CPM Copy quantity display<br />

10 cpm 10<br />

12 cpm 12<br />

13 cpm 13<br />

14 cpm 14<br />

15 cpm 15<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 6


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

26 20 Rear edge void setup<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the rear edge void code number is displayed. Enter the code number<br />

corresponding to the rear edge void and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Rear edge void setup<br />

0 Rear edge void provided * Default<br />

1 Rear edge void not provided<br />

Content<br />

30 CE mark support control ON/OFF<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the CE mark support code number is displayed. Enter the code number<br />

corresponding to the CE mark support setup and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number CE mark support setup<br />

0 CE mark support control OFF * Default (100V series)<br />

1 CE mark support control ON<br />

The default for CE-support 200V series is “1.”<br />

37 Developer life-over termination cancel<br />

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter a desired code number and press the PRINT<br />

switch, and the new setup is enabled.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

0 Developer life-over termination<br />

1 Developer life-over termination cancel<br />

38 Cancel of stop at drum life over<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT<br />

switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

0 Stop at drum life over * Default (AL model)<br />

1 Cancel of stop at drum life over<br />

39 Memory capacity check<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current memory capacity is displayed.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

8 8 Mbyte<br />

16 16 Mbyte<br />

40 Polygon motor OFF time setup (Time required for turning OFF after completion of printing)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT<br />

switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

0 0 sec<br />

1 30 sec * Default<br />

2 60 sec<br />

3 90 sec<br />

42 Transfer ON timing control setup<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the setting will be changed. (For any number different from the following<br />

ones, the default time is automatically set.)<br />

Code number Setting<br />

0 Default (330 msec)<br />

1 –40 msec<br />

2 –30 msec<br />

3 –20 msec<br />

4 –10 msec<br />

5 Default (330 msec)<br />

6 +10 msec<br />

7 +20 msec<br />

8 +30 msec<br />

9 +40 msec<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 7


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

26 43 Side void setup<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of the side void amount is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number and press the start key. The setting is changed.<br />

Code number Setting<br />

0 0 mm<br />

1 0.5 mm<br />

2 1.0 mm<br />

3 1.5 mm<br />

4 2.0 mm * Default<br />

5 2.5 mm<br />

6 3.0 mm<br />

7 3.5 mm<br />

8 4.0 mm<br />

9 4.5 mm<br />

10 5.0 mm<br />

44 SPF document rear edge read setup + Fax document rear edge scan setup.<br />

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed. Enter the desired code number and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T<br />

key, and the display will be changed. The document rear edge scanning area in SPF reduction (less than 100%) copy is changed.<br />

The code number is changeable in the range of 0 – 8.<br />

The default value is 4, and 2 mm of the document rear edge is cut.<br />

When the value is changed by 1, the area is changed by 1 mm.<br />

62 Energy-save mode copy lamp setup<br />

Used to set half-ON (50%)/OFF of the copy lamp in the pre-heat mode.<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT<br />

switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

0 Copy lamp half-ON (50%) * Default<br />

1 Copy lamp OFF<br />

Content<br />

63 Fan control select setup<br />

Used to set the cooling fan operation mode.<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT<br />

switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Setup<br />

1 1-speed fan control<br />

2 2-speed fan control * Default when starting mass production<br />

64 Heater control setup during the scanner mode<br />

When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number of heater control setup is displayed. Enter a desired code number of<br />

heater control setup and press the PRINT switch, and the new setup is enabled.<br />

Code number Heater control setup<br />

0 Heater control ON * Default (Except for Europe)<br />

1 Heater control OFF * Default (For Europe only)<br />

30 01 Paper sensor status display<br />

Indicates the paper sensor status using the lamps on the operation panel.<br />

Sensor name Display lamp<br />

Before-resist paper sensor (PPD1) Developer cartridge replacement lamp<br />

Fusing section paper sensor (PPD2) JAM lamp<br />

Paper exit sensor (POD) Photoconductor cartridge replacement lamp<br />

2nd CS paper sensor (PPD3) 2nd cassette lamp<br />

New drum cartridge sensor (PUIS) Zoom lamp<br />

Single manual feed paper sensor (MFD) AE lamp<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 8


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

43 01 Fusing temperature setup (Normal copy)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the setting will be changed.<br />

Code number Set temperature (°C)<br />

0 175<br />

1 180<br />

2 185<br />

3 190<br />

4 195 (* Default)<br />

5 200<br />

04 Fusing temperature setup 2<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

1. When this simulation is executed, the currently set code number is displayed.<br />

2. Enter the code number and press the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key, and the setting will be changed.<br />

Code number Set temperature (°C)<br />

0 155<br />

1 160<br />

2 165<br />

3 170 (* Default)<br />

4 175<br />

5 180<br />

05 Fusing temperature setup in duplex copy<br />

In duplex copy, this setup value is added to the fusing temperature of single copy. When this simulation is executed, the current setup<br />

of the code number is displayed. Enter the code number and press the PRINT switch to enable the setup.<br />

Code number Temperature shift (°C)<br />

0 ±0°C * Default<br />

1 –8°C<br />

2 –6°C<br />

3 –4°C<br />

4 –2°C<br />

5 ±0°C<br />

6 +2°C<br />

7 +4°C<br />

8 +6°C<br />

9 +8°C<br />

09 Setup of fusing control of postcard size paper<br />

Code number Setup<br />

0 Cancel * Default<br />

1 Setup<br />

The default for Japan model is “1.”<br />

Content<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 9


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Content<br />

46 01 Copy density adjustment (300dpi)<br />

Used to set the copy density in each mode.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup is displayed in two digits<br />

(default: 50).<br />

Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup.<br />

The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is. The smaller the setup value is, the brighter the copy is. Only EXP.3 copy is made<br />

in this simulation. When set to a darker level, Exp.1 and Exp.5 copies also become darker. When set to a brighter level, Exp.1 and<br />

Exp.5 copies also become brighter. Press the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key to save the setup and exit from the simulation mode.<br />

Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity<br />

display.<br />

(adjustment range: 0 – 99)<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode (300dpi) AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

02 Copy density adjustment (600dpi)<br />

Used to set the copy density in each mode.<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.<br />

(Default: 50)<br />

Use the copy quantity key to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.<br />

The greater the setup value is, the darker the copy is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made. If it is set to a darker density, EXP.1<br />

and EXP.5 copies also become darker. If it is set to a brighter density, they also become brighter.<br />

When the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.<br />

Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy<br />

quantity display.<br />

(Setup range: 0 – 99)<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode (600dpi) AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

18 Image contrast adjustment (300dpi)<br />

Used to set the image contrast in each mode.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.<br />

(Default: 50)<br />

Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. The<br />

greater the setup value is, the higher the contrast is. The smaller the setup value is, the lower the contrast is. Though only EXP.3 copy<br />

is made in this simulation, the contrast levels in EXP.1 and EXP.5 are also changed. Press the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key to save the setup and exit<br />

from the simulation mode.<br />

Use the copy mode select key to select a copy mode . The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity<br />

display.<br />

(adjustment range: 0 – 99)<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode (300dpi) AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (TEXT) (300dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (AE) (300dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 10


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

46 19 γ table setup or AE operation mode setup<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the gamma table code number is displayed. (Default: Japan = 1, EX Japan = 2)<br />

Enter the code number corresponding to desired gamma table, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to enable the<br />

setup.<br />

Code number γ table<br />

1 Image quality priority mode<br />

2 Toner consumption priority mode<br />

When the copy mode select key is pressed during setup of the gamma table, the mode is switched to the AE operation setup mode and<br />

the current setup of the AE operation mode code number is displayed. (Default: 0) Enter the code number corresponding to your<br />

desired AE operation mode, and press the PRINT switch or the copy mode select key to switch the setup. (When the copy mode select<br />

key is pressed, the mode is returned to the gamma table setup mode.)<br />

Code number AE operation mode<br />

0 Fixed process * Default<br />

1 Real time process<br />

Content<br />

20 SPF exposure correction<br />

Used to adjust the exposure correction quantity in the SPF mode by adjusting the differential of Vref voltage for the OC mode.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT key<br />

to enable the setup and make a copy.<br />

When the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key is pressed, the entered value is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.<br />

∗ The greater the value is the darker the exposure is.<br />

The smaller the value is, the brighter the exposure is.<br />

29 Image contrast adjustment (600dpi)<br />

Used to set the contrast in each mode.<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the machine performs warm-up and shading, and the current setup value is displayed in two digits.<br />

(Default: 50)<br />

Use the copy quantity keys to change the setup value, and press the PRINT switch to make a copy with the new setup.<br />

The greater the setup value is, the greater the contrast is, and vise versa. Only EXP.3 copy is made, however, EXP.1 contrast and<br />

EXP.5 contrast are also changed accordingly.<br />

When the CLE<strong>AR</strong> key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.<br />

Any copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The setup value of the selected copy mode is displayed on the copy<br />

quantity display.<br />

(Setup range: 0 – 99)<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode (600dpi) AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (TEXT) (600dpi) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (AE) (600dpi) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 11


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

46 31 Image sharpness adjustment<br />

Used to adjust the clear/shading-off of an image in each mode.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, warm-up and shading operations are performed and the current setup value is displayed. (Default: 1)<br />

Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys. Press the PRINT switch and a copy is made according to the new setup. When the<br />

clear key is pressed, the entered setup value is saved and the simulation is terminated.<br />

Setup value Image quality<br />

0 Shading off<br />

1 Standard * Default<br />

2 Clear<br />

Content<br />

Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The code number of the selected copy mode is displayed on<br />

the copy quantity display.<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (TEXT) TEXT mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

TS mode (AE) AE mode lamp & PHOTO mode lamp<br />

32 Copier color reproduction setup<br />

Used to set color reproduction for each mode. Colors which are easily copied or which are not easily copied are selected.<br />

Setup value Easy-to-copy colors Difficult-to-copy colors<br />

0 Purple/Blue/Red Yellow/Green/Light blue<br />

1 Light blue/Green/Blue Purple/Red/Yellow<br />

2 Yellow/Red/Green Blue/Light blue/Purple<br />

∗ This setup does not affect black-and-white copies.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup of the code number for each copy mode is displayed. (Default: 0)<br />

Change the setup value with the copy quantity keys and press the Print switch. A copy will be made according to the setup. At that time,<br />

the color component used for copying is changed.<br />

When the clear key is pressed, the entered code number is saved and the simulation mode is terminated.<br />

Any desired copy mode can be selected with the copy mode select key. The selected copy mode is displayed on the copy quantity<br />

display.<br />

Code number Component of use<br />

0 Green * Default<br />

1 Red<br />

2 Blue<br />

Copy mode Display lamp<br />

AE mode (including TS) AE mode lamp<br />

TEXT mode (including TS) TEXT mode lamp<br />

PHOTO mode PHOTO mode lamp<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 12


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Content<br />

48 01 Front/rear (main scanning) direction and scan (sub scanning) direction magnification ratio adjustment<br />

(1) Front/rear direction magnification ratio auto correction: The width of the reference line marked on the shading correction plate is<br />

scanned to perform automatic correction of the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification ratio as well as automatic setup of<br />

the OC/document center offset value and of the image scan start position.<br />

In addition, the black level automatic adjustment is performed simultaneously.<br />

The OC/document center offset value and the image scan start position automatically set in this simulation, can be checked by the<br />

respective manual setup simulation for each adjustment shown below.<br />

OC/document center offset → Sim50-10 Center offset adjustment<br />

Image scan start position → Sim50-01 Lead edge image position<br />

(2) Front/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction: By key operations, the front/rear (main scanning) direction magnification<br />

ratio is set by changing the setup value of the ZOOM DATA register to AISC.<br />

(3) Scan direction magnification ratio correction: The scan direction magnification ratio in the OC mode is set by changing the scan<br />

speed.<br />

(4) SPF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction: The SPF mode scan direction magnification ratio is set by changing the<br />

scan speed.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value: 50) Press the copy mode select key<br />

to select each setup mode and the setup display will change accordingly.<br />

In the case of the front/rear direction automatic adjustment.<br />

To perform the automatic adjustment, place the gray gradation chart (UKOG-0162FCZZ) face down so as to fit with the left center of the<br />

platen with the darker side (Density 10) on the left of OC.<br />

10 1<br />

Back of the chart<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the shading white board, and the width of the reference line is<br />

scanned, and the correction value is calculated, and the value is saved.<br />

After completion of the automatic adjustment, press the density adjustment Down key, and the black level will be displayed in<br />

hexadecimal number (3 digits) of 12bits.<br />

For manual adjustment, enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the set value will be saved and a copy<br />

will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the value entered will be saved and the simulation will be terminated. (Increasing the<br />

setup value by 1 increases 0.1%.)<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Front/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction and black level adjustment AE lamp<br />

Front/rear direction magnification ratio manual correction TEXT lamp<br />

Scan direction magnification ratio correction PHOTO lamp<br />

SPF mode scan direction magnification ratio correction AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps<br />

In the front/rear direction magnification ratio automatic correction<br />

(1) When the calculated value of the scan correction value is within ±5%, “– –” is displayed.<br />

(Cause) Erroneous position of the reference line on the white board, improper installation of the lens unit, etc.<br />

(2) In case of a scan error of the reference line, the jam lamp lights up.<br />

(Cause) CCD error, no white board installed.<br />

∗ If the automatic correction of the magnification ratio cannot provide a satisfactory result, use the manual correction.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 13


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

49 01 Flash ROM program writing mode<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, “d” is displayed on the display and the machine enters the Flash ROM program writing mode.<br />

Use the writing tool to write the program from PC. During writing, the display indicates as shown below. After completion of<br />

downloading, turn OFF/ON the power to reset.<br />

∗ “*” in an error display indicates the error position.<br />

50 01 Lead edge image position<br />

Used to adjust the copy image position and the lead edge void quantity on the copy paper. The adjustment is made by adjusting the<br />

image scan start position and the print start position (resist roller ON timing) at 100%.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value:<br />

50) Press the copy mode select key to select your desired coy mode, and the display will change. Enter the adjustment value with the<br />

10-key and press the PRINT switch, and the setup value will be saved and a copy will be made. Press the clear key to save the setup<br />

value and exit from the simulation mode. When the adjustment is made for the main cassette feed, all the adjustment values at all the<br />

paper feed ports become the same. (Increasing the setup value by 1 corresponds to about 0.1mm shift.)<br />

(Adjustment procedure)<br />

Content<br />

Status Display Pre-heat lamp Ready lamp<br />

Download data reception “d” ON ON OFF<br />

Data erase start “d” ON OFF ON<br />

Data writing (Boot section) “d” ON Blink OFF<br />

Data writing (program section) “d” ON Blink Blink<br />

Sum check “d” ON ON ON<br />

Download complete “0FF” ON OFF OFF<br />

Error state “E *” ON OFF OFF<br />

1 Data reception error<br />

2 Loader function transfer<br />

3 FLASH ROM delete<br />

4 FLASH ROM writing (Boot section)<br />

5 FLASH ROM writing (Program section)<br />

6 Sum check (Loader section)<br />

7 Sum check (Boot section)<br />

8 Sum check (Program section)<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Print start position (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lamp<br />

Print start position (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lamp<br />

Print start position (<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed) AE, manual feed lamp<br />

Image lead edge void quantity TEXT lamp<br />

Image scan start position PHOTO lamp<br />

Image rear edge void quantity AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp<br />

SPF image scan start position AE, TEXT lamp<br />

: Supported if the model is installed and skipped if it is not installed.<br />

AE ON TEXT ON PHOTO ON<br />

↓ ↓ ↓<br />

1. Set the print start position (A), the lead edge void quantity (B) and the scan start position (C) to 0, and make a copy at 100%.<br />

2. Measure the image loss quantity (R mm) of the scale.<br />

Set C = 10 × R (mm) (Example: Set 40.)<br />

When the value C is increased by 10, the image loss is decreased by 1mm.<br />

(Example)<br />

Distance from the paper lead edge<br />

to the image lead edge: H = 5mm<br />

(Default: 50)<br />

3. Measure the distance (H mm) from the paper lead edge to the image print<br />

start position.<br />

Set A = 10 × H (mm) (Example: set 50)<br />

Image loss:<br />

R = 4mm<br />

When the value A is increased by 1mm, the image lead edge is shifted to<br />

the paper lead edge by 1mm. (Default: 50)<br />

5mm<br />

4. Set the lead edge void quantity to B = 50 (2.5mm). (Default: 50)<br />

When the value B is increased by 10, the void is increased by about 1mm.<br />

(When set to 25 or less, the void becomes zero.)<br />

∗ The SPF adjustment is performed by adjusting the SPF image scan start position.<br />

10mm<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 14


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Content<br />

50 10 Center offset adjustment<br />

Used to adjust the copy image position on the copy paper and the center offset position when scanning a document.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT<br />

switch, and the entered value will be saved and a copy will be made. When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved<br />

and the simulation will be terminated. (When the setup value is increased by 1, shift is increased by 0.1mm.)<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Print center offset (Main cassette paper feed) AE, main cassette lamp<br />

Print center offset (2nd cassette paper feed) AE, 2nd cassette lamp<br />

Print center offset (<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed) AE, manual paper feed lamp<br />

OC/document center offset AE, TEXT lamp<br />

SPF/RSPF (front) document center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp<br />

: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.<br />

∗ When the setup value is too great, outside of the shading area may be read, and black streaks may be produced on the edges.<br />

When the adjustment value is increased, the image is shifted to the left.<br />

When the adjustment value is decreased, the image is shifted to the right.<br />

18 Memory reverse position adjustment in duplex copy<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value of correction is displayed. Enter the correction value with the 10-key and<br />

press the PRINT switch, and the entered value will be saved. (Correction value 1 – 99, correction zero = 0, or 50) When the correction<br />

value is set to 0, the correction value is written as 50.<br />

Front surface printing in the S-D mode and printing on even pages in the D-S mode are reverse memory copy operations from the<br />

document rear edge section.<br />

When, therefore, the output image print position adjustment is required, adjust as follows:<br />

In the reverse memory copy operation, if the document scan direction is in the direction of the arrow in the figure, the scan rear edge<br />

section of the image is printed first.<br />

When, therefore, the print lead edge is shifted, set the reference chart so that the reference position is in the rear edge section, and use<br />

this simulation to adjust so that the print image lead edge comes to the lead edge.<br />

Since printing is performed by processing the scanned image from the scan end position to the scan lead edge, the print lead edge<br />

position adjustment is performed by changing the end data position stored in memory with the simulation setup value.<br />

Document transport direction<br />

Scan lead edge<br />

Scan direction<br />

Scan end position<br />

(Default: Scan cut by void (1))<br />

Scan rear edge<br />

19 Duplex copy rear edge void adjustment<br />

Used to adjust the rear edge void quantity in duplex copy.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed the current setup value is displayed in two digits. (Center value:<br />

50 However, setup 50 = setup 0) When the correction value is set to 0, the correction value is written as 50. Press the copy mode select<br />

key to select your desired copy mode, and the display will change. Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT<br />

switch, and the setup value will be saved and a copy will be made. (The paper information is cleared for every copying.) Press the clear<br />

key to save the setup value and exit from the simulation mode. (Increasing the setup value by 1 increases the void quantity by about<br />

0.1mm.)<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Image cut rear edge void quantity (RSPF) AE lamp<br />

Paper rear edge void quantity TEXT lamp<br />

Print start position (Duplex back) PHOTO lamp<br />

RSPF (Back) original center offset AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamps<br />

Paper transport direction<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 15<br />

Print lead edge<br />

Lead edge void (1)<br />

Print start position<br />

Rear edge void<br />

Print rear edge


Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Content<br />

51 02 Resist quantity adjustment<br />

Used to adjust the contact pressure of paper against the machine resist roller and the RSPF resist roller.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, the current setup value is displayed.<br />

Enter the adjustment value with the 10-key and press the PRINT switch, the entered set value will be saved and a copy will be made.<br />

When the clear key is pressed, the entered value will be saved and the machine will exit from the simulation mode.<br />

Adjustment mode Lamp ON<br />

Main cassette paper feed AE, main cassette lamp<br />

2nd cassette paper feed AE, 2nd cassette lamp<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> paper feed AE, manual paper feed lamp<br />

RSPF document feed (front) AE, TEXT, PHOTO lamp<br />

RSPF document feed (back) AE, TEXT lamp<br />

duplex back TEXT, PHOTO lamp<br />

: Supported only for installing models, and skipped for not-installing models.<br />

53 08 SPF scan position automatic adjustment<br />

Place a black chart so that it covers the SPF scan glass and the OC glass, and execute the simulation with the OC cover open, the<br />

mirror unit scans from the home position to the SPF scan position to identify the SPF glass cover edge position by the difference in the<br />

CCD output levels of the SPF glass cover edge and the OC side document glass.<br />

Default is 50. Adjustment range is 0 – 99. Adjustment increment: 1 = about 0.127mm<br />

If this adjustment is performed properly, the adjustment value is displayed. If it is abnormal, the jam lamp lights up. If the adjustment is<br />

not made properly, “– –” is displayed.<br />

61 03 Polygon motor check (HSYNC output check)<br />

(Operation/Procedure)<br />

When the ST<strong>AR</strong>T key is pressed, HSYNC is performed and the polygon motor is rotated for 30 sec.<br />

At that time, the Zoom lamp is lit for 100msec for every 3 times that the HSYNC is detected.<br />

63 01 Shading check<br />

Used to display the detection level of the white board for shading.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When the PRINT switch is pressed, the mirror base unit moves to the white board for shading to light the copy lamp. Under this state,<br />

the level of one pixel at the CCD center which is not corrected for 10sec in 1 sec, and the result is displayed on the value display<br />

section.<br />

64 01 Self print<br />

Print of one page is made regardless of the status of the optical system.<br />

(Operating procedure)<br />

When this simulation is executed, warm-up is performed and the ready lamp is lighted. Enter the code number with the 10-key, and<br />

select the cassette with the cassette select key and press the PRINT switch, and paper feed operation will be made from the selected<br />

cassette and printing of the selected pattern will be made. Printing is in 1by2 mode, or grid pattern.<br />

Code number Pattern<br />

0 1by2<br />

1 Grid pattern<br />

∗ 2 – 99: print in 1by2.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 16


4. Trouble codes<br />

A. Trouble codes list<br />

Main<br />

code<br />

Sub<br />

code<br />

Trouble content Detail of trouble<br />

E7 01 Duplex model memory<br />

setup error, memory notdetected<br />

error<br />

The memory is not set properly or the memory capacity is not set to the duplex setup (6M).<br />

Cancel method: Set SIM 26-39 code number to 2.<br />

02 HSYNC not detected. LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble<br />

LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble<br />

10 CCD black level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC, harness) trouble<br />

11 CCD white level trouble CCD drive circuit (CCD PWB, ASIC harness) trouble<br />

Copy lamp lighting trouble (Copy lamp, inverter PWB)<br />

12 Shading trouble<br />

(White correction)<br />

Dirt on white plate for scanning white level<br />

16 Laser output trouble LSU (laser diode, reception element, APC circuit) trouble<br />

LSU drive circuit (ASIC) trouble<br />

F5 02 Copy lamp disconnection<br />

trouble<br />

Copy lamp or copy lamp drive circuit (inverter PWB) trouble<br />

Copy lamp disconnection<br />

H2 00 Thermistor open detection The fusing thermistor is open.<br />

H3 00 Heat roller abnormally high<br />

temperature<br />

The fusing temperature rises above 240° C.<br />

H4 00 Heat roller abnormally low The fusing temperature does not reach 185° C within 27 sec of turning on the power, or the fusing<br />

temperature<br />

temperature keeps at 140° C.<br />

L1 00 Feeding is not completed The white area and the black marking on the shading plate are used to obtain the difference in the CCD<br />

within the specified time level values for judgment of lock. When the difference in the levels of which and black is small, it is judged<br />

after starting feeding.<br />

(The scan head locking<br />

switch is locked)<br />

that the black mark could not be scanned by lock and the trouble code “L1” is displayed.<br />

L3 00 Return is not completed When the mirror base is returned for the specified time (6 sec) in mirror initializing after turning on the<br />

within the specified time. power, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not turn ON. Or when the mirror base is returned for<br />

the specified time (about 6 sec) after start of copy return, the mirror home position sensor (MHPS) does not<br />

turn ON.<br />

L4 01 Main motor lock When the main motor encoder pulse is not detected for 100 msec.<br />

L6 10 Polygon motor lock The lock signal (specified rpm signal) does not return within a certain time (about 20 sec) from starting the<br />

polygon motor rotation<br />

U2 01 Counter sum check error When the counter check sum value stored in the EEPROM is abnormal.<br />

04 EEPROM serial<br />

communication error<br />

When a communication trouble occurs with the EEPROM.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> SIMULATION, TROUBLE CODES 10 - 17


[11] MAINTENANCE<br />

1. Maintenance table<br />

2. Maintenance display system<br />

: Check (Clean, adjust, or replace when required.) : Clean : Replace : Adjust ✩: Lubricate<br />

Section Parts 25K 50K 75K 100K 125K Remark<br />

Developing Developer<br />

DV blade<br />

DV side seal (F/R)<br />

Process peripheral Drum<br />

Toner Life 8K<br />

Remaining quantity NE<strong>AR</strong> EMPTY<br />

About 10%<br />

EMPTY<br />

LED ON Flash<br />

Machine Operation allowed Stop<br />

Developer Life 25K<br />

LED ON at 25K of the developer count.<br />

Machine Selection is available between Not Stop and Stop by <strong>Service</strong> Simulation (SIM 26-37) Setup.<br />

(If Stop is selected, the LED will flash and stop at 25K.)<br />

∗ Default: Not Stop<br />

∗ Clear: SIM 24-06<br />

Maintenance LED Selection is available among 18K, 13K, 9K, 6K, 3K, and free (no lighting) with SIM 21-1.<br />

∗ Default: free<br />

∗ Clear: SIM 20-1<br />

Machine Not stop.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> MAINTENANCE 11 - 1


[12] USER PROGRAMS<br />

The conditions of factory setting can be changed according to the use conditions.<br />

1. Functions that can be set with user programs<br />

Function Contents Factory setting<br />

Auto clear When a certain time is passed after completion of copying, this function returns to the initial state<br />

automatically. The time to reach the initial state can be set in the range of 30 sec to 120 sec by the unit<br />

of 30 sec. This function can be disabled.<br />

60 sec<br />

Pre-heat When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced to<br />

about 40Wh/H (* Note).The time to start this function can be set in the range of 30 sec to 90 sec by the<br />

unit of 30 sec. This function cannot be disabled.<br />

When this function is operated, the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel lights up. To return to the<br />

initial state, press any key on the operation panel. (When the COPY button is pressed, a copy is made<br />

after returning to the initial state.)<br />

30 sec<br />

Auto shut off passing When the copier is left unused with the power ON, the power consumption is automatically reduced to<br />

time<br />

about 18Wh/H (* Note). The time to start this function can be set in the range of 2 min to 120 min.<br />

When this function is operated, all the lamps except for the pre-heat lamp on the operation panel turn<br />

off. To return to the initial state, press the COPY button.<br />

5 min<br />

Stream feeding Only models with SPF Set<br />

Auto shut off setting Used to set or cancel this function. Set<br />

Auto/<strong>Manual</strong> mode<br />

resolution setup<br />

Used to set the resolution in the auto/manual mode. The speed priority (300dpi) and the resolution<br />

priority (600dpi) are effective for fine text and ultra fine text.<br />

300 dpi<br />

* Note: The power consumption values in pre-heat and auto shut off may be varied depending on the use conditions.<br />

2. Change the setting<br />

Example: Changing the time to operate the auto clear function<br />

(Change from 60 sec to 90 sec)<br />

1) Press the right and the left exposure adjustment keys simultaneously<br />

to start setting.<br />

• Keep pressing the keys for 5 sec.<br />

Display lamps ( , , , ) blink simultaneously and " -- " is<br />

displayed on the copy quantity display.<br />

2) Select the function code with the 10-digit key (copy quantity set<br />

key).<br />

The number of the selected function blinks on the digit of 10 on the<br />

copy quantity display.<br />

For auto clear, select " 1. "<br />

For setting, refer to the following function codes.<br />

Function name Function code<br />

Auto clear 1<br />

Pre-heat 2<br />

Auto shut off passing time 3<br />

Stream feeding 4*<br />

Auto shut off setting 5<br />

Auto/<strong>Manual</strong> mode resolution setup 6<br />

[Cancel] If a wrong code is entered, press the clear key and enter the<br />

correct function code.<br />

* SPF only<br />

3) Press the COPY button.<br />

The number blinking on the digit of 10 of the copy quantity display is<br />

lighted.<br />

The number of the current set code blinks on the digit of 1.<br />

4) Select the setting code with 1-digit key (copy quantity set key).<br />

To set to 90 sec, select " 4. "<br />

For setting, refer to the following set codes.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> USER PROGRAMS 12 - 1<br />

Function name Set code<br />

Auto clear 0 (OFF)<br />

1 (10 sec)<br />

2 (30 sec)<br />

*3 (60 sec)<br />

4 (90 sec)<br />

5 (120 sec)<br />

Pre-heat *0 (30 sec)<br />

1 (60 sec)<br />

2 (90 sec)<br />

Auto shut off 0 (2 min)<br />

*1 (5 min)<br />

2 (15 min)<br />

3 (30 min)<br />

4 (60 min)<br />

5 (120 min)<br />

Stream feeding 0 (Cancel)<br />

*1 (Setting)<br />

Auto shut off setting 0 (Cancel)<br />

*1 (Setting)<br />

Auto/<strong>Manual</strong> mode resolution setup *0 (300 dpi)<br />

1 (600 dpi)<br />

* Factory setting<br />

The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is lit<br />

up. This means the setting is completed.<br />

[Cancel] When a wrong number of the function code is set, press the<br />

clear key and perform the procedure again from step 2.<br />

5) Press the COPY button.<br />

The number blinking on the digit of 1 of the copy quantity display is lit<br />

up. This means the setting is completed.<br />

Note: To set another function, press the clear key after completion of<br />

this operation and perform the procedure from step 2.<br />

6) Press either one of the exposure adjustment keys ( or ) to<br />

complete the setting.<br />

Display lamps ( , , , ) go off and the copy quantity display<br />

returns to the normal state.


3. Density level adjustment<br />

A. AE level adjustment (OC mode)<br />

[Input procedure]<br />

When the density select key is pressed and held for 5 sec after turning<br />

on the [PHOTO] mode lamp, the [AUTO] mode lamp blinks and the<br />

current setup of the density level is displayed.<br />

[Adjustment]<br />

The adjustment is made in 5 steps by pressing the density adjustment<br />

key.<br />

[Terminating procedure]<br />

When the density select key is pressed, the mode display is changed<br />

from blinking to lighting, and the AE level setup is completed.<br />

In the AE level adjustment mode, all the keys except for the [Density<br />

select] key, the [Density adjustment] keys ([>] key and [] key and [] key and [


[13] ELECTRICAL SECTION<br />

1. Block diagram<br />

A. Overall block diagram<br />

Carriage Unit<br />

CCFL<br />

AFE(AD9826)<br />

Lamp<br />

Inverter<br />

R<br />

C A M<br />

G D G P AD 8bits MSB/LSB)<br />

B<br />

S C X<br />

16bits<br />

VCL<br />

CCD PWB<br />

12V<br />

CCD<br />

( uPD8861)<br />

5VEN<br />

PSW SELin<br />

Kin<br />

CCD Driver<br />

Operation PWB<br />

ADCCLK<br />

BSAMP, VSAMP<br />

SDI, SCLK, LOAD<br />

1, 2, TG, TG2, TG3<br />

RB, CLB, 1L<br />

MCU PWB UNIT<br />

Clock,Data,<br />

LATCH<br />

SDRAM<br />

(8MB/16MB)<br />

3.3V<br />

OSC<br />

(24MHz)<br />

I/F PWB<br />

(Optional)<br />

ROM<br />

(4Mb)<br />

SRAM<br />

(1Mb x 1)<br />

I2C Bus<br />

EEPROM<br />

(2Kb)<br />

ASIC Reset<br />

OSC<br />

(13.9867MHz)<br />

ASIC<br />

A[16..0] D[15 8]<br />

IEEE 1284 I/F<br />

3.3V<br />

I<br />

E<br />

E<br />

E<br />

1<br />

2<br />

8<br />

4<br />

A[19..0] D[15..0]<br />

A[19 0]<br />

D[15 0]<br />

CPU<br />

H8S/2320<br />

A[9 1]<br />

USB I/F<br />

D[15 0]<br />

Power Reset<br />

MMD<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 1<br />

3.3V<br />

Reset IC<br />

(19.6608MHz)<br />

U<br />

S<br />

B<br />

1<br />

.<br />

1<br />

3.3V/5V/<br />

5VEN/12V<br />

24V<br />

LSU UNIT<br />

VFM<br />

Laser<br />

Main Motor<br />

Power Supply Unit<br />

(Low Power/High Power)<br />

DMT0/1/2/3<br />

TM+, TM–<br />

PMD<br />

Polygon Motor<br />

Other Loads<br />

SPMT0/1/2/3<br />

<br />

MPFS,RRS,HL,PR FAN Motor<br />

SGS SRRC SPUS SPPS<br />

TC GRIDL MC BIAS<br />

MPFS CPFS2 Toner Motor Scanner Motor<br />

CPFS1<br />

Duplex Motor<br />

SPF Motor<br />

Other Inputs<br />

PMCLK<br />

CPU INTERRUPT<br />

MHPS SPPD<br />

CPU I/O<br />

RTH<br />

PPD1, POD, MFD, CED1, TCS,<br />

DVS1, PPD2, PPD3, CED2, DSWS<br />

SDSW, SPID, SDOD, DRST<br />

MultiPlexed


B. MCU PWB unit<br />

DV UNIT<br />

HIGH VOLTAGE<br />

POWER<br />

Interface<br />

Inverter<br />

CCD<br />

Operation<br />

NewDrum<br />

CONTROL UNIT<br />

SUPPLY<br />

PWB<br />

Copy<br />

Lamp<br />

PWB<br />

PWB<br />

PWB<br />

Detect<br />

Heater Lamp<br />

3.3VIN<br />

5VIN<br />

12VIN<br />

24VIN<br />

/POFF<br />

HL OUT<br />

Et c<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0 – 7<br />

VPOUT<br />

VM OUT<br />

Etc<br />

USBI N<br />

VPI N<br />

VM I N<br />

Et c<br />

AFE_DB0 – 7<br />

MT_AT_HOME<br />

Et c<br />

AFE_CLK<br />

AD_CLK<br />

VCL<br />

Et c<br />

OP_CLK<br />

OP_LATCH<br />

OP_DATA<br />

Et c<br />

PSW<br />

KI N1<br />

KI N2<br />

Et c<br />

DVSEL<br />

CN106<br />

THERMISTOR<br />

CN101<br />

CN104<br />

CN105<br />

CN102<br />

I C125<br />

I C131<br />

PPD2<br />

CN120<br />

I C124<br />

I C116<br />

I C119<br />

I C121<br />

SDOD<br />

CN109<br />

I C117<br />

I C115<br />

Cassette<br />

Detect<br />

CN108<br />

I C114<br />

I C114<br />

MFD<br />

CN123<br />

CN123 I C121<br />

MPFS<br />

I C113<br />

I C106<br />

POD<br />

CN114<br />

ASIC<br />

HG73C119HF<br />

CN117<br />

RRS<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 2<br />

PPD1<br />

CN111<br />

I C103<br />

CPU(H8S / 2320)<br />

CN110<br />

CPFS<br />

I C124<br />

I C125<br />

I C129<br />

I C127<br />

I C125<br />

I C115<br />

CN116<br />

Interlock SW<br />

I C113<br />

I C118<br />

I C126<br />

I C121<br />

I C115<br />

I C124<br />

I C128<br />

CN112<br />

CN107<br />

CN124<br />

CN103<br />

CN119<br />

CN122<br />

CN114<br />

VFMOUT<br />

/VFMCNT<br />

TMA _O MMLD /MMD<br />

TMB _O<br />

FAN<br />

Main<br />

Toner<br />

Motor<br />

Motor<br />

Motor<br />

/DMT_0 – 3 SPMT_0 – 3<br />

/VIDE O MPRDY<br />

OUT_A+ – B-<br />

Et c<br />

/LDEN<br />

/SYNC<br />

SHOLD Et c<br />

Et c<br />

Scanner<br />

Duplex<br />

SPF<br />

LSU UNI T<br />

Motor<br />

Motor<br />

Motor<br />

(Polygon Motor)<br />

SPF/DSPF<br />

Model Onl y<br />

DSPF<br />

Model Onl y


2. Circuit descriptions<br />

A. Main PWB (MCU)<br />

(1) General<br />

The MCU PWB is composed of:<br />

CPU peripheral sections which perform mechanical sequence<br />

control and function job management<br />

Image process ASIC which performs image process, CCD control,<br />

LSU control, and print control<br />

Motor control circuit<br />

Mechanical load, sensor I/O circuit<br />

It controls the processes for copying, the transport loads, fusing, the<br />

optical system, the operation panel, and the option PWB.<br />

(2) CPU signal table (HD6412320F)<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal code<br />

Input/<br />

Output<br />

Operating<br />

1 /CS1 Output SRAM chip select<br />

2 /CS0 Output Flash ROM chip select<br />

3 GND DGND<br />

4 GND DGND<br />

5 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

6 A0 Output Address bus<br />

7 A1 Output Address bus<br />

8 A2 Output Address bus<br />

9 A3 Output Address bus<br />

10 GND DGND<br />

11 A4 Output Address bus<br />

12 A5 Output Address bus<br />

13 A6 Output Address bus<br />

14 A7 Output Address bus<br />

15 A8 Output Address bus<br />

16 A9 Output Address bus<br />

17 A10 Output Address bus<br />

18 A11 Output Address bus<br />

19 GND DGND<br />

20 A12 Output Address bus<br />

21 A13 Output Address bus<br />

22 A14 Output Address bus<br />

23 A15 Output Address bus<br />

24 A16 Output Address bus<br />

25 A17 Output Address bus<br />

26 A18 Output Address bus<br />

27 A19 Output Address bus<br />

28 GND DGND<br />

29 A20 Pull-Up<br />

30 PSW Interruption<br />

level input<br />

Print SW<br />

31 SPPD Interruption<br />

level input<br />

SPF paper sensor<br />

32 CCD_TG Interruption<br />

level input<br />

CCD horizontal sync signal<br />

33 Mt_at_home Interruption<br />

level input<br />

Mirror Home Position<br />

34 /CPUSYNC Interruption<br />

level input<br />

Horizontal sync (ASIC)<br />

35 GND DGND<br />

36 GND DGND<br />

37 FW Interruption<br />

level input<br />

Zero cross signal<br />

38 <strong>AR</strong>B_INT Interruption<br />

level input<br />

ASIC interruption<br />

39 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

40 D0 Data I/O Data bus<br />

41 D1 Data I/O Data bus<br />

42 D2 Data I/O Data bus<br />

43 D3 Data I/O Data bus<br />

44 GND DGND<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 3<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal code<br />

Input/<br />

Output<br />

Operating<br />

45 D4 Data I/O Data bus<br />

46 D5 Data I/O Data bus<br />

47 D6 Data I/O Data bus<br />

48 D7 Data I/O Data bus<br />

49 D8 Data I/O Data bus<br />

50 D9 Data I/O Data bus<br />

51 D10 Data I/O Data bus<br />

52 D11 Data I/O Data bus<br />

53 GND DGND<br />

54 D12 Data I/O Data bus<br />

55 D13 Data I/O Data bus<br />

56 D14 Data I/O Data bus<br />

57 D15 Data I/O Data bus<br />

58 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

59 ONL Output Online LED control<br />

60 TxD1 Output For debug<br />

61 D_CONT Output USB Pull-Up control<br />

62 BEO Output OPE LED control<br />

63 RESETOUT1 Output ASIC Reset signal<br />

64 CL_Reset Output Copy lamp control<br />

65 GND DGND<br />

66 /DREQ0 Pull-Up<br />

67 GND DGND<br />

68 GND DGND<br />

69 RY/BY Input Flash Busy signal<br />

70 KIN1 Input HC151 selector detection<br />

71 KIN2 Input HC151 selector detection<br />

72 TMCLK Output Toner motor lock<br />

73 TMEN Output Toner motor enable<br />

74 POFF Output Shut off control<br />

75 PMCLK Output Polygon clock<br />

76 DMT0 Output Duplex Motor signal<br />

77 DMT1 Output Duplex Motor signal<br />

78 DMT2 Output Duplex Motor signal<br />

79 DMT3 Output Duplex Motor signal<br />

80 WDTOVF Output NC Pull-Up<br />

81 /RES Input Reset<br />

82 NMI Output NC Pull-Up<br />

83 STBY Output NC Pull-Up<br />

84 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

85 XTAL Input Clock<br />

86 EXTAL Output Clock<br />

87 GND DGND<br />

88 CPUCLK Output NC<br />

89 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

90 Reset OUT NC<br />

91 /RD Output Read signal<br />

92 /HWR Output Write signal (High address)<br />

93 /LWR Output Write signal (Low address)<br />

94 SELIN3 Output HC151 select signal<br />

95 SELIN2 Output HC151 select signal<br />

96 SELIN1 Output HC151 select signal<br />

97 FAXSTS NC<br />

98 FAXCMD NC<br />

99 GND DGND<br />

100 GND DGND<br />

101 SCL Output EEPROM clock<br />

102 DSDA Data I/O EEPROM Data bus<br />

103 AVcc CPU3.3V<br />

104 Vref CPU3.3V<br />

105 RTH Analog<br />

input<br />

Fusing thermistor<br />

106 Analog<br />

input<br />

NC Pull-Up<br />

107 SIN1 Input HC151 select detection<br />

108 SIN2 Input HC151 select detection<br />

109 SIN3 Input HC151 select detection


PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal code<br />

Input/<br />

Output<br />

Operating<br />

110 USBIN Input IF PWB detection signal<br />

111 Input NC<br />

112 Input NC<br />

113 Avss DGND<br />

114 GND DGND<br />

115 /SCANSP Output Scan STOP signal<br />

116 /SCANST Output Scan ST<strong>AR</strong>T signal<br />

117 /TRANSST Output ASIC transfer signal<br />

118 /PRINTST Output Print Start signal<br />

119 SPMT3 Output SPF motor signal<br />

120 SPMT2/MIRCNT Output/ SPF motor signal/mirror<br />

Input counter<br />

121 SPMT1 Output SPF motor signal<br />

122 SPMT0 Output SPF motor signal<br />

123 GND DGND<br />

124 GND DGND<br />

125 Vcc CPU3.3V<br />

126 PSL Output Power save LED control<br />

127 NC<br />

128 /CS2 Output ASIC chip select<br />

Scan start<br />

CCD<br />

PWB<br />

Shading<br />

b. ASIC (Signal table)<br />

ASIC<br />

Image process section<br />

CCD drive AE<br />

Resolution conversion,<br />

Zooming, lmage<br />

process circuit<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

1 cpu_ad7 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

2 cpu_ad6 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

3 cpu_ad5 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

4 cpu_ad4 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

5 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

6 cpu_ad3 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

7 cpu_ad2 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

8 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

9 cpu_ad1 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

10 sgs OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF gate<br />

solenoid control signal<br />

"H":ON<br />

Print control section<br />

(3) Image process ASIC (HG73C119HF)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 4<br />

a. General<br />

The ASIC is composed of the three major blocks: the image process<br />

section, the print control section, and the I/F section.<br />

Image process section:<br />

With image data from the CCD PWB in the operation mode determined<br />

by the register setup, shading, AE process, input γ correction,<br />

area separation, filter process, resolution conversion, zoom<br />

process, output γ correction, binary conversion (error diffusion,<br />

dither method, simple binary conversion) are performed.<br />

Print control section:<br />

When copying, the image-processed data are outputted to the LSU<br />

according to the LSU writing timing. When scanning, the image<br />

data are made into 8bit width and outputted to the I/F section<br />

(USB).<br />

I/F section:<br />

Controls the DRAM which is the image data buffer, and processes<br />

data send/receive between the USB I/F and the IEEE1284 I/F.<br />

The ASIC is controlled by writing the operation mode and the necessary<br />

setup values of the operation mode into the ASIC control register<br />

before starting each operation. (For ASIC Pin configuration, refer to the<br />

table at the end of this document.)<br />

Print data process circuit<br />

DRAM control<br />

I/F section<br />

DRAM<br />

8MB or 16MB<br />

PRINT control<br />

ASIC control resistor<br />

To CPU bus<br />

LSU<br />

HSYNC<br />

VSYNC<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

11 srrc OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF resist roller<br />

clutch control signal<br />

"H":ON<br />

12 spus OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document<br />

feed solenoid control<br />

signal "H":ON<br />

13 spfs OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF document<br />

transport solenoid<br />

control signal "H":ON<br />

14 mrps1 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor<br />

current control signal<br />

15 mrps2 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor<br />

current control signal<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description


PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

16 ope_latch OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit latch<br />

signal. Data take-in at<br />

"L"<br />

17 op_data OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit data<br />

signal<br />

18 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

19 op_clk OUT Tr array IC Operation circuit clock<br />

signal<br />

20 vfmcnt OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan rotation<br />

speed control signal.<br />

"H": High speed, "L":<br />

Low speed<br />

21 GND(AC) Power<br />

22 vfm OUT Tr array IC Ventilation fan control<br />

signal. "H": Fan ON<br />

23 tc OUT Tr array IC Transfer charger<br />

control signal. "H":ON<br />

24 gridl OUT Tr array IC Main charger grid<br />

control signal. "H": L<br />

output<br />

25 mc OUT Tr array IC Main charger control<br />

signal. "H": ON<br />

26 mrps3 OUT Tr array IC SPF/RSPF motor<br />

current control signal<br />

27 mm_y3 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current<br />

control signal<br />

28 bias OUT Tr array IC DV bias control signal.<br />

"H":ON<br />

29 lden OUT Tr array IC Laser circuit control<br />

signal. "H": Laser<br />

circuit ON<br />

30 pmd OUT Tr array IC Polygon motor control<br />

signal. "H": Polygon<br />

motor ON<br />

31 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

32 mmd OUT Tr array IC Main motor control<br />

signal. "H": Main motor<br />

ON<br />

33 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

34 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

35 mpfs OUT Tr array IC <strong>Manual</strong> feed solenoid<br />

control signal. "H": ON<br />

36 cpfs2 OUT Tr array IC Second cassette<br />

paper feed solenoid<br />

control signal. "H":ON<br />

37 cpfs1 OUT Tr array IC Cassette paper feed<br />

solenoid control<br />

signal. "H":ON<br />

38 poffr (Not used)<br />

39 rrs OUT Tr array IC Resist roller solenoid<br />

control signal. "H":ON<br />

40 pr OUT Tr array IC Power relay control<br />

signal. "H":ON<br />

41 hl OUT Tr array IC Heater lamp control<br />

signal. "H":ON<br />

42 TMON OUT Tr array IC (Not used)<br />

43 TM_ OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control<br />

signal<br />

44 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

45 TM OUT Buffer IC Toner motor control<br />

signal<br />

46 miron OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select<br />

signal<br />

47 GND(AC) Power<br />

48 spfon OUT Buffer IC SPF ON signal<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 5<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

49 mircnt OUT Buffer IC SPF scanner select<br />

signal<br />

50 GND(AC) Power<br />

51 pcl_s_print (Not used)<br />

52 fax_s_print (Not used)<br />

53 es_s_print (Not used)<br />

54 prareaen (Not used)<br />

55 d_s_ATDI_B (Not used)<br />

56 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

57 VCC(CORE/<br />

GND) 3.3V<br />

58 pfclko (Not used)<br />

59 RESET IN ASIC reset signal<br />

60 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

61 ATRST IN (Not used)<br />

62 ATCK (Not used)<br />

63 ATMS (Not used)<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

64 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

65 ie1284_stb IN I/F board<br />

connector<br />

66 ie1284_autofd IN I/F board<br />

connector<br />

67 ie1284_slctin IN I/F board<br />

connector<br />

68 ie1284_init IN I/F board<br />

connector<br />

69 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

70 ie1284_slct OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

71 ie1284_pe OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

72 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

73 ie1284_busy OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

74 ie1284_ack OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

75 ie1284_fault OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

76 ie1284_rev OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

77 ie1284_parad7 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

78 ie1284_parad6 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

79 ie1284_parad5 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

80 ie1284_parad4 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

81 ie1284_parad3 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

82 VCC(AC) 3.3V<br />

83 ie1284_parad2 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

84 ie1284_parad1 IN/OUT I/F board<br />

connector<br />

85 GND(AC) Power<br />

/STB signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/AUTOFD signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/SLCTIN signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/INIT signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

SLCT signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

PE signal (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

BUSY signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/ACK signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/FAULT signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

/REV signal<br />

(IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)<br />

DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

communication port)


PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

86 ie1284_parad0 IN/OUT I/F board DATA bus (IEEE1284<br />

connector communication port)<br />

87 suspend OUT I/F board SUSPEND signal<br />

connector (USB communication<br />

port)<br />

88 vmin IN I/F board VMIN signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

89 vpin IN I/F board VPIN signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

90 rcv IN I/F board RCV signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

91 oen OUT I/F board OEN signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

92 vmout OUT I/F board VMOUT signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

93 vpout OUT I/F board VPOUT signal (USB<br />

connector communication port)<br />

94 tm2_15m (Not used)<br />

95 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power<br />

96 GND(PLL) Power<br />

97 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power<br />

98 GND(PLL) Power<br />

99 pfclk IN Clock<br />

100 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

101 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

102 ram_data0 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

103 ram_data1 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

104 ram_data2 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

105 GND(AC) Power<br />

106 ram_data3 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

107 ram_data4 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

108 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

109 ram_data5 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

110 ram_data6 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

111 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

112 ram_data7 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

113 ram_data15 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

114 ram_data14 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

115 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

116 ram_data13 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

117 ram_data12 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 6<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

118 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

119 ram_data11 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

120 ram_data10<br />

121 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

122 ram_data9 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

123 ram_data8 IN/OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) data bus<br />

124 GND(AC) Power<br />

125 ram_clk OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) CLK signal<br />

126 ram_cke OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) CKE signal<br />

127 xram_wde OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) WDE signal<br />

128 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

129 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

130 xram_cas OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) CAS signal<br />

131 xram_ras OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) RAS signal<br />

132 xram_cs OUT SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) CS signal<br />

133 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

134 ram_banks0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) BANK signal<br />

135 ram_banks1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) BANK signal<br />

136 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

137 ram_dqm0 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) DQM signal<br />

138 ram_dqm1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) DQM signal<br />

139 ram_mad12 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

140 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

141 ram_mad11 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

142 ram_mad9<br />

143 GND(AC)<br />

OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

144 ram_mad8 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description


PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

145 ram_mad7<br />

146 VCC(AC)<br />

OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

147 ram_mad6 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

148 ram_mad5<br />

149 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

150 ram_mad4 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

151 ram_mad10 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

152 ram_mad0<br />

153 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

154 ram_mad1 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

155 ram_mad2 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

156 ram_mad3 OUT SDRAM SDRAM (Image<br />

process page<br />

memory) address bus<br />

157 d_s_ATDO_B (Not used)<br />

158 cl OUT Logic IC Copy lamp control<br />

signal<br />

159 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

160 afp_oeb (Not used)<br />

161 ccd_tg OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal<br />

162 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

163 afp_vsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

164 ccdrs OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal<br />

165 ccdcp OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal<br />

166 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

167 afp_bsmp OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

168 ccd_ph2 OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal<br />

169 afp_afesdi OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

170 GND(AC) Power<br />

171 ccd_ph1<br />

172 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

OUT CCD PWB CCD control signal<br />

173 afp_adcclk OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

174 afp_afesen OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

175 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

176 afp_afesck OUT CCD PWB AFE control signal<br />

177 mtr_at_home IN CCD PWB Carriage home<br />

position signal<br />

178 VCC(CORE/DC) Power<br />

179 afp_data7 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

180 afp_data6 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

181 afp_data5 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

182 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

183 afp_data4 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

184 afp_data3 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

185 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

186 afp_data2 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

187 afp_data1 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

188 GND(AC) Power<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 7<br />

PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

189 afp_data0 IN CCD PWB Image scan data<br />

190 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

191 sfclk IN Clock<br />

192 tm2_24m (Not used)<br />

193 GND(PLL) Power<br />

194 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power<br />

195 GND(PLL) Power<br />

196 VCC(PLL) 3.3V Power<br />

197 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

198 mtr_y1 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current<br />

control signal<br />

199 mtr_phase1 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

200 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

201 mtr_i01 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

202 mtr_i11 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

203 mtr_i21 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

204 mtr_phase2 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

205 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

206 mtr_i02 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

207 mtr_i12 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

208 mtr_i22 OUT Motor Carriage motor control<br />

driver signal<br />

209 mtr_y2 OUT Tr array IC Carriage motor current<br />

control signal<br />

210 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

211 xsync IN LSU Horizontal sync signal<br />

from LSU (/SYNC)<br />

212 xld OUT LSU Laser drive signal<br />

(/VIDEO)<br />

213 GND(AC) Power<br />

214 xlend OUT LSU Laser APC signal<br />

(/LEND)<br />

215 xcpuwr IN CPU CPU write signal<br />

216 xcpurd IN CPU CPU read signal<br />

217 scanstop IN CPU Scan stop signal<br />

218 scanst IN CPU Scan start signal<br />

219 transst IN CPU Data transfer start<br />

signal<br />

220 printst IN CPU Print start signal<br />

221 tmen IN CPU Toner motor clock<br />

enable signal<br />

222 testpin4 (Not used)<br />

223 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

224 testpin3 (Not used)<br />

225 tmclk IN Toner motor clock<br />

signal<br />

226 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

227 testpin2 (Not used)<br />

228 testpin1 (Not used)<br />

229 testpin0 (Not used)<br />

230 cpudata15 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

231 cpudata14 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

232 cpudata13 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

233 cpudata12 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

234 cpudata11 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description


PIN<br />

No.<br />

Signal Name IN/OUT<br />

235 cpudata10 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

236 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

237 cpudata9 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

238 cpudata8 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

239 GND(CORE/DC) Power<br />

240 cpudata7 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

241 cpudata6 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

242 cpudata5 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

243 cpudata4 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

244 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

3.3V<br />

Power<br />

245 cpudata3 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

246 cpudata2 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

247 cpudata1 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

248 cpudata0 IN/OUT CPU CPU data bus<br />

249 VCC(AC) 3.3V Power<br />

250 xcpucs IN CPU CS signal<br />

251 mem_intr (Not used)<br />

252 GND(AC) Power<br />

253 arb_intr OUT CPU INTR signal<br />

254 cpusync OUT CPU CPU SYNC signal<br />

255 cpu_ad9 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

256 cpu_ad8 IN CPU CPU address bus<br />

Connected<br />

to<br />

Description<br />

(4) Heater lamp control circuit<br />

a. Outline<br />

The heater lamp control circuit detects the heat roller surface temperature<br />

and converts in into a voltage level. The converted voltage is<br />

inputted to the CPU analog input pin.<br />

Heat Roller<br />

(9-C2) RTH_IN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

t<br />

R154<br />

1kF<br />

R158<br />

10kF<br />

R155<br />

1MF<br />

D101<br />

MA700<br />

The lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the greater the thermistor<br />

resistance is, and vise versa.<br />

Therefore, the lower the heat roller surface temperature is, the higher<br />

the thermistor terminal voltage is, and vise versa. The thermistor terminal<br />

voltage is inputted to the CPU analog port.<br />

The CPU controls ON/OFF of the heater lamp by this input voltage<br />

level.<br />

VCC3<br />

12V<br />

VCC3 VCC3<br />

D102<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

12V<br />

D103<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

VCC3<br />

12V<br />

VCC3<br />

R156<br />

R157<br />

7.5kF<br />

1kJ<br />

IC120A<br />

3<br />

+<br />

2<br />

-<br />

1<br />

R159<br />

4.3kF<br />

NJM2903<br />

12V<br />

or KIA393F<br />

C196<br />

0.1u<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

3<br />

2<br />

-<br />

IC122A<br />

1<br />

R169<br />

300J<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

R170<br />

100J<br />

C197<br />

22000p<br />

LM358<br />

or KIA358F<br />

12V<br />

C199<br />

0.1u<br />

R171<br />

1.2kF<br />

R173<br />

10kF<br />

Thermistor<br />

8<br />

4<br />

8<br />

+<br />

4 8<br />

4<br />

5V<br />

R172<br />

10kJ<br />

IC120B<br />

5<br />

+ 7<br />

6<br />

-<br />

NJM2903<br />

or KIA393F C200<br />

22000p<br />

C198<br />

0.1u<br />

(3-3B) HL<br />

HT EMP<br />

(3) Reset circuit<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 8<br />

This circuit detects ON/OFF of power to control start/stop of each circuit.<br />

The 3.3V voltage of the main PWB is detected by the reset IC to<br />

generate the reset signal.<br />

When the power voltage reaches the specified level, the circuit operations<br />

are started. Before the power voltage falls below the specified<br />

level, the circuit operations are stopped to prevent against malfunctions.<br />

R114<br />

11kF<br />

R117<br />

10kF<br />

CPU<br />

P34<br />

/RES<br />

VCC3 VCC3<br />

IC104<br />

NC 8<br />

4<br />

VCC<br />

GND<br />

7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

NC<br />

IN<br />

NC OUT<br />

Cd<br />

6<br />

5<br />

M51957BFP<br />

Reset_OUT (ASIC Reset)<br />

R115<br />

10kJ<br />

C124<br />

0.1u<br />

C125<br />

22000p<br />

ASIC<br />

The CPU converts the inputted analog voltage into a digital signal level<br />

and compares it with the set value of the simulation to control on/off the<br />

heater lamp according to the level, maintaining the heat roller surface<br />

temperature at a constant level.<br />

FTH (5-B2)<br />

RTH (1-A3)<br />

THOPEN (4-A3)<br />

IC205<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

I1<br />

I2<br />

I3<br />

I4<br />

I5<br />

I6<br />

I7<br />

COM<br />

O1<br />

O2<br />

O3<br />

O4<br />

O5<br />

O6<br />

O7<br />

NC<br />

16<br />

15<br />

14<br />

13<br />

12<br />

11<br />

10<br />

9<br />

TD62503F<br />

/HL<br />

CPU<br />

AN0<br />

DTA143XKA<br />

IN<br />

[High temperature protect circuit in case of CPU hung up]<br />

For IC120 3pin (reference voltage), +3.3V is divided by the resistor.<br />

The thermistor terminal voltage is inputted to IC120 2pin.<br />

When, the voltage at 2pin becomes lower than the voltage at 3pin<br />

(when the heat roller temperature is about 220 – 230°C), IC120 1pin<br />

becomes HIGH, and the HL signal is lowered to the GND potential<br />

through IC124, stopping generation of the heater lamp ON signal.<br />

(IC120 1pin is normal LOW.)<br />

R274<br />

240J<br />

SW5V<br />

A<br />

K<br />

GND<br />

Q205<br />

OUT<br />

D103<br />

1SS133<br />

R280<br />

240J<br />

HLOUT (10-3A)<br />

To AC circuit<br />

(Heater lamp<br />

Control)


[When the heat roller surface temperature is lower than the set<br />

level]<br />

1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage is higher than the set level,<br />

the HL signal from the CPU becomes HIGH.<br />

2) The HL signal is turned to be the HLOUT signal through IC124 protect<br />

circuit, and inputted to the photo triac coupler on the power<br />

PWB.<br />

3) When the internal triac turns on, a pulse is applied to the gate of the<br />

external triac. Consequently a current flow from the power source<br />

through the heater lamp to the triac, lighting the heater lamp.<br />

[When the heat roller surface temperature is higher than the set<br />

level]<br />

1) Since the thermistor terminal voltage becomes lower than the set<br />

value, the HL signal from the CPU becomes LOW.<br />

2) The HL turns LOW, the photo triac coupler on the power PWB turns<br />

OFF, the external triac turns OFF, and the heater lamp turns OFF.<br />

[In case of the thermistor open]<br />

The voltage at IC120 6pin over the voltage at 5pin to drive the output<br />

THOPEN at 7pin to LOW. This is passed to the CPU and the trouble<br />

code "H2" is displayed.<br />

(6) Toner supply motor drive circuit<br />

The IC129 is the motor control IC, which generates the pseudo AC<br />

waveform with the pulse signals (TM, TM-) outputted from ASIC, driving<br />

the toner supply motor.<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(TM)<br />

(TM_)<br />

R204<br />

47kJ<br />

R205<br />

47kJ<br />

PGND<br />

R187<br />

1kJ<br />

R188<br />

1kJ<br />

(7) Main motor drive circuit<br />

The main motor is driven by the MMD signal from ASIC. While the<br />

main motor is rotating, the MMD signal is driven to HIGH and passed<br />

through IC125 to the control circuit in the main motor to rotate the main<br />

motor. When the main motor speed reaches the specified rpm, the<br />

MMLD signal is turned LOW and passed through IC115 to the CPU.<br />

19<br />

20<br />

18<br />

21<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

7<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 9<br />

(5) Driver circuit (Solenoid)<br />

a. Outline<br />

Since the load signal from the CPU or the ASIC cannot drive the load<br />

directly, it is passed through the driver IC to drive the load.<br />

b. Operation<br />

The driver circuit forms a Darlington circuit with transistors. Therefore a<br />

large drive current is obtained from a small current (ASIC output current).<br />

When the driver input voltage (base resistance input) is HIGH<br />

(+3.3V), the transistor turns ON to flow a current in the arrow direction,<br />

operating the load. When the driver is ON, the driver output terminal<br />

voltage is 0V.<br />

ASIC/CPU<br />

OUT PUT<br />

IC129<br />

PSAVE<br />

Rin<br />

Fin<br />

Vcc<br />

VM<br />

OUT1<br />

OUT2<br />

17<br />

16<br />

9<br />

5<br />

VREF<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

RNF<br />

GND<br />

FIN<br />

6<br />

8<br />

FIN<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

NC<br />

25<br />

24<br />

23<br />

22<br />

15<br />

14<br />

BA6920FP<br />

ASIC<br />

MMD<br />

PGND<br />

CPU<br />

C212<br />

10u/35V<br />

<br />

PGND<br />

IC201<br />

1 16<br />

2<br />

I1 O1<br />

15<br />

3<br />

I2 O2<br />

14<br />

4<br />

I3 O3<br />

13<br />

5<br />

I4 O4<br />

12<br />

6<br />

I5 O5<br />

11<br />

7<br />

I6 O6<br />

10<br />

8<br />

I7 O7<br />

9<br />

COM NC<br />

TD62503F<br />

24V<br />

C213<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

/MMD<br />

TMB_O<br />

TMA_O<br />

+24V<br />

LOAD<br />

(9-A1)<br />

(9-A1)<br />

Main Motor<br />

Control<br />

Circuit<br />

( Main Motor)<br />

MMLD


(8) Mirror motor control circuit, Duplex motor control circuit<br />

Stepping motors are employed for the mirror motor, the SPF motor,<br />

and the duplex motor. The driver for IC127 (for mirror motor) is the<br />

bipolar drive L6219DS, and the driver for IC128 (for SPF) is the unipolar<br />

drive IC MTD1361F. For control, the SPF outputs the drive signal<br />

from the CPU to the IC, and the mirror outputs the drive signal to the IC<br />

with the ASIC. They drive each motor in 1-2 phase excitement or 2phase<br />

excitement.<br />

Each motor switches the motor current value in each magnification<br />

ratio.<br />

SPF motor drive circuit<br />

(5-C2)<br />

(5-C2)<br />

(5-C2)<br />

MRPS_1<br />

MRPS_2<br />

MRPS_3<br />

R199<br />

300J<br />

R200<br />

620J<br />

R201<br />

1.2kJ<br />

Mirror motor drive circuit<br />

(8-C3)<br />

(8-C3)<br />

(8-C3)<br />

(8-C3)<br />

OUT_A-<br />

OUT_A+<br />

OUT_B+<br />

OUT_B-<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(5-C1)<br />

C217<br />

47u/16V<br />

<br />

PGND<br />

R202<br />

100J<br />

D105 OPEN<br />

MMref0<br />

MMref1<br />

MMref2<br />

5V<br />

PGND<br />

D106 OPEN<br />

R196<br />

750J<br />

D107 OPEN<br />

R184<br />

2kJ<br />

C220<br />

0.1u<br />

D108 OPEN<br />

PGND<br />

C219<br />

<br />

47u/16V<br />

PGND PGND<br />

R185<br />

1kJ<br />

R181<br />

1kJ<br />

R186<br />

510J<br />

5V<br />

PGND<br />

R178<br />

0.68J<br />

1W<br />

C205<br />

0.1u<br />

C215 OPEN<br />

R197 1J 2W<br />

R198 2.4kJ<br />

R203 2.4kJ<br />

R206 1J 2W<br />

C202<br />

820p<br />

PGND<br />

C232 OPEN<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(SPMT2)<br />

(SPMT0)<br />

(SPMT3)<br />

(SPMT1)<br />

R180<br />

1.5kJ<br />

MM_BI0<br />

MM_BI1<br />

MM_PH_B<br />

C203<br />

820p<br />

PGND<br />

R195<br />

1kJ<br />

C218<br />

2200p<br />

C222<br />

2200p<br />

R207<br />

1kJ<br />

PGND<br />

R182<br />

30kJ<br />

C207<br />

0.1u<br />

C211 2200p<br />

R191 7.5kJ<br />

R194 7.5kJ<br />

C214 2200p<br />

C216<br />

OPEN<br />

C227<br />

OPEN<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 10<br />

5V<br />

IC128<br />

23<br />

20<br />

CrA<br />

25<br />

CrB<br />

3<br />

VsA<br />

24<br />

RsA<br />

19<br />

VrefA<br />

12<br />

VrefB<br />

18<br />

RsB<br />

VsB<br />

26<br />

27<br />

In /A<br />

17<br />

In A<br />

16<br />

In /B<br />

In B<br />

MTD1361/F<br />

Vmm<br />

OUT /A<br />

OUT A<br />

OUT /B<br />

OUT B<br />

24VM<br />

PG<br />

PG<br />

22<br />

1<br />

4<br />

14<br />

11<br />

15<br />

28<br />

24VM<br />

5V<br />

PGND PGND<br />

PGND<br />

IC127<br />

1<br />

2<br />

OUT 1A<br />

3<br />

OUT 2A<br />

4<br />

SENSE 2<br />

5<br />

COMP 2<br />

6<br />

OUT 2B<br />

7<br />

GND<br />

8<br />

GND<br />

9<br />

I02<br />

10<br />

I12<br />

11<br />

PHASE 2<br />

12<br />

VREF 2<br />

RC 2<br />

L6219DS<br />

C206<br />

1u/16V<br />

VSS 13<br />

I11<br />

16<br />

PHASE 1<br />

15<br />

VREF 1<br />

14<br />

RC 1<br />

17<br />

GND 18<br />

GND 19<br />

I01 20<br />

OUT 1B 21<br />

VS<br />

23<br />

SENSE 1<br />

22<br />

COMP 1<br />

24<br />

24VM<br />

D112 OPEN<br />

D113 OPEN<br />

D114 OPEN<br />

D115 OPEN<br />

¢UT<br />

PGND PGND<br />

R183<br />

30kJ<br />

CP101<br />

ICP-N38<br />

MM_AI0<br />

CP201<br />

0603FA1.5A<br />

PGND<br />

R179<br />

1.5kJ<br />

(2-A3)<br />

MM_AI1 (2-A3)<br />

MM_PH_A (2-A3)<br />

C209<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

C204<br />

820p<br />

C210<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

R177<br />

0.68J<br />

1W<br />

C201<br />

820p<br />

24V<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

C208<br />

47u/35V<br />

CP202<br />

0603FA1.5A<br />

CP102<br />

ICP-N38<br />

SPMT_2 (9-E1)<br />

SPMT_0 (9-D1)<br />

SPMT_3 (9-D1)<br />

SPMT_1 (9-E1)<br />

24Vdup


(9) Operation circuit<br />

a. General<br />

The operation circuit is composed of the key matrix circuit and the display<br />

matrix circuit.<br />

b. Key matrix circuit<br />

Select signals SELIN 1 – 3 are sent from the CPU of the MCU to the<br />

selector in the operation circuit.<br />

The signals detecting OFF/ON of the key are sent to the CPU as KIN 1<br />

– 2.<br />

c. Display circuit<br />

The display is controlled by sending the data signal from the CPU of<br />

the MCU, the clock signals, and the latch signals from the ASIC to the<br />

LED driver in the operation circuit.<br />

∗ The basic circuitry is the same as that of Puma.<br />

(10) I/F circuit<br />

a. General<br />

The I/F circuit is composed of the USB driver and the IEEE1284 driver,<br />

and performs hard interface with the ASIC (MCU PWB).<br />

b. USB circuit<br />

With the USB driver, the differential signals (analog) of USB are converted<br />

into digital signal, which are sent to the ASIC. In the reverse<br />

procedure, interface between the ASIC (engine) and the host is performed.<br />

ASIC<br />

OE, RCV, VP, VM<br />

Suspend, VMO<br />

VPO<br />

Noise filter<br />

circuit<br />

USB driver<br />

IC401<br />

Rush current<br />

prevention circuit<br />

Rectifying/<br />

smoothing<br />

circuit<br />

Overcurrent<br />

protection circuit<br />

D+<br />

D-<br />

USB<br />

connector<br />

Inverter circuit<br />

(Flyback converter system)<br />

Control<br />

circuit<br />

fig (1) Block diagram<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 11<br />

c. IEEE1284 circuit<br />

The IEEE1284 driver is used to perform interface between the ASIC<br />

(engine) and the host.<br />

ASIC<br />

IEEE1284<br />

driver<br />

IC403<br />

Centronics<br />

connector<br />

(11) Carriage unit<br />

a. General<br />

The carriage unit is provided with the CCD PWB, the inverter PWB,<br />

and the lamps. It scans documents and transfers AD-converted image<br />

data to the ASIC.<br />

b. CCD PWB<br />

The CCD on the CCD PWB employs the color image sensor uPD8861<br />

of 5400 pixels x 3 lines, and scans documents in the main scanning<br />

direction in the resolution of 600dpi/US letter size.<br />

Image data scanned by the CCD are inputted to the AFE (AD9826),<br />

and subject to CDS, amplification, and AD-conversion. Then digital<br />

data are outputted to the MCU PWB and to the ASIC, which performs<br />

image process of the digital data.<br />

c. Lamp inverter PWB<br />

The transformer is controlled by the lamp control signal from the MCU<br />

PWB. The transformer output controls lighting of the cool cathode ray<br />

tube.<br />

B. DC power circuit<br />

The DC power circuit directly rectifies the AC power and performs<br />

switching-conversion with the DC/DC converter circuit, and rectifies<br />

and smoothes again to generate a DC voltage.<br />

The constant voltage control circuit is of +5VEN. +24V and +12V are of<br />

the non-control system by winding from the +5VEN winding. As shown<br />

in fig (1), +24V, +12V, and +5V are provided with the ON/OFF function<br />

by external signals. +3.3V is outputted from +5VEN to the regulator IC.<br />

Refer to the block diagram, fig (1).<br />

Rectifying/<br />

smoothing circuit (Semiconductor switch)<br />

Rectifying/<br />

smoothing circuit<br />

Rectifying/<br />

smoothing circuit<br />

Constant-voltage<br />

detection circuit<br />

+12V regulator IC<br />

(with ON/OFF function)<br />

(Semiconductor switch)<br />

+3.3V<br />

regulator IC


(1) Noise filter circuit<br />

The filter circuit is composed of L and C. It reduces common noises<br />

and normal mode noises generated from the AC line.<br />

The common noise means that generated in each line for GND. Its<br />

noise component is delivered through C001, C003, and C007 to GND.<br />

The normal noise means that overlapped in the AC line or the output<br />

line. It is attenuated by C002, L001, C006, and L002. Refer to fig (2).<br />

fig (2) Noise filter circuit<br />

(2) Rush current prevention circuit and rectifying/<br />

smoothing circuit<br />

fig (3) Rush current prevention, rectifying/smoothing circuit<br />

Since the AC power is directly rectified, if there were not this rush current<br />

prevention resistor (TH001), an extremely large rush current<br />

would flow due to a charging current flowing through the smoothing<br />

capacitor C010 when turning on the power.<br />

To prevent against this, the rush current prevention resistor TH001 is<br />

provided between the rectifying diode D002 and the smoothing diode<br />

C010, suppressing a rush current.<br />

The rectifying/smoothing circuit rectifies a 50/60Hz AC voltage with the<br />

rectifying circuit, and smoothes it with the smoothing capacitor C010.<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 12<br />

(3) Inverter and control circuit (Flyback converter system)<br />

AC<br />

R012<br />

R005<br />

R013<br />

C010<br />

R012<br />

R006<br />

C013<br />

R016<br />

Q001<br />

fig (4) Inverter and control circuit<br />

This circuit is one-stone separate excitation DC-DC converter called<br />

flyback converter, as shown in fig (4).<br />

When an electromotive voltage of IC is applied through D012, R005,<br />

and R006 to IC002, IC002 oscillates to conduct Q001.<br />

As a result, a voltage is applied to the primary winding of the converter<br />

transformer (T001) and at the same time a voltage is generated in the<br />

driving winding of IC002 to operate IC002. Then IC002 turns ON/OFF<br />

Q001 at the frequency of about 70KHz determined by R016.<br />

Under the ON state, the voltage in the secondary winding is reversed<br />

to the diode D103 and no current flows through the secondary winding<br />

of T001.<br />

Under the OFF state, the current flowing through the primary winding is<br />

in the same direction as the primary winding, conducting D103 and<br />

transmitting energy to the secondary winding. Refer to fig (4).<br />

secondary<br />

winding<br />

voltage<br />

8 7 6 5<br />

IC002<br />

1 2 3 4<br />

PC002<br />

T001<br />

D103<br />

fig (5) Operation waveform of the flyback converter<br />

PC002<br />

IC102<br />

R109<br />

R111


The control circuit is subject to negative feedback from the secondary<br />

side as shown in fig (4). A photo coupler (PC002) is employed to insulate<br />

between the primary side and the secondary side to feed back the<br />

control signal to the primary side.<br />

When the output voltage is increased by energy transmission from<br />

T001, the voltage detected by R109 and R111 is compared with the<br />

reference voltage of IC102. When it exceeds the reference voltage, the<br />

current flowing through IC102 (that is, the photo diode current of<br />

PC002) is increased and transmitted to the primary side. Then the<br />

potential at the feedback pin (2 pin) of IC102 is decreased to control<br />

Q001. Therefore, the change in the output voltage on the secondary<br />

side is passed through IC102 and PC002 to control Q001, stabilizing<br />

the output voltage.<br />

(4) Overcurrent protection circuit (Primary side)<br />

The inverter circuit of the primary side is connected with the current<br />

detection resistor R102. When an overcurrent occurs in the secondary<br />

side, the current flowing through the primary side inverter Q001 is<br />

increased. The current is detected by R012, and passed through R013<br />

to IC701 overcurrent restricting pin (3 pin) to turn OFF Q002, shutting<br />

off all power. To resupply the power, turn off and on the power. Refer<br />

to fig (4).<br />

(5) Rectifying/smoothing circuit (+5V)<br />

fig (6) Rectifying/smoothing circuit<br />

The high frequency pulse generated by the inverter circuit is<br />

decreased by the converter transformer, rectified by the high frequency<br />

diode D103, and smoothed by C103 and C104.<br />

Voltage waveform<br />

Voltage waveform<br />

fig (7) +5V rectifying/smoothing circuit voltage waveform<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> ELECTRICAL SECTION 13 - 13


[14] CIRCUIT DIAGRAM<br />

1. MCU PWB<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

1/9<br />

MCU PWB (CPU SECTION)<br />

C102<br />

*6<br />

2 1<br />

4 R102 *2 R103 *1<br />

4<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

X101<br />

HC-49U/S<br />

19.6608MHz<br />

R104 *3<br />

R105 R106<br />

1 2<br />

2 1<br />

0J 0J<br />

C103 *5<br />

R107 *4<br />

1 2<br />

C104 C105<br />

C106<br />

100p 100p<br />

2 1<br />

12p<br />

BR114<br />

3 3<br />

1<br />

10kJ<br />

R108<br />

10kJ<br />

R109<br />

OPEN<br />

1 8 BR116<br />

C108<br />

R112 10kJ<br />

2 7 33J<br />

0.1u<br />

1 2<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR118<br />

2 7 33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR119<br />

2 7 33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR120<br />

2 7 33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

234<br />

8 765<br />

BR107<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

BR108<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

BR110<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

BR115<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

R111 10kJ<br />

BR117<br />

1 2<br />

1<br />

10kJ<br />

234<br />

8 765<br />

R101<br />

OPEN<br />

BR105<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

BR109<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

IC102<br />

1<br />

E0<br />

2<br />

E1<br />

3<br />

E2<br />

4<br />

VSS SDA<br />

24WC02 or HT24LC02<br />

5<br />

SCL 6<br />

WC 7<br />

VCC 8<br />

IC101<br />

Xin<br />

BR104<br />

P2010/PLL701-01<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

BR106<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

10kJ<br />

1<br />

Xout 2<br />

FS0 3<br />

Vss 4<br />

5 SSon<br />

MODOUT 6 SR0 7 VDD 8<br />

R271<br />

10kJ<br />

IC103<br />

64<br />

P35/SCK1<br />

63<br />

P34/SCK0<br />

62<br />

P33/RxD1<br />

61<br />

P32/RxD0<br />

60<br />

P31/TxD1<br />

59<br />

P30/TxD0<br />

VCC<br />

HD6412320VF25(H8S/2320)<br />

58<br />

57<br />

PD7/D15<br />

56<br />

PD6/D14<br />

55<br />

PD5/D13<br />

54<br />

PD4/D12<br />

53<br />

Vss<br />

52<br />

PD3/D11<br />

51<br />

PD2/D10<br />

50<br />

PD1/D9<br />

49<br />

PD0/D8<br />

48<br />

PE7/D7<br />

47<br />

PE6/D6<br />

46<br />

PE5/D5<br />

45<br />

PE4/D4<br />

44<br />

Vss<br />

43<br />

PE3/D3<br />

42<br />

PE2/D2<br />

41<br />

PE1/D1<br />

40<br />

PE0/D0<br />

VCC 39<br />

C101<br />

0.1u<br />

R276 33J<br />

1 2<br />

C107<br />

0.1u<br />

BR111<br />

R270<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

10kJ<br />

103<br />

AVcc<br />

104<br />

Vref<br />

105<br />

P40/AN0<br />

106<br />

P41/AN1<br />

107<br />

P42/AN2<br />

108<br />

P43/AN3<br />

109<br />

P44/AN4<br />

110<br />

P45/AN5<br />

111<br />

P46/AN6/DA0<br />

112<br />

P47/AN7/DA1<br />

113<br />

AVss<br />

114<br />

Vss<br />

115<br />

P17/PO15/TIOCB2/TCLKD<br />

116<br />

P16/PO14/TIOCA2<br />

117<br />

P15/PO13/TIOCB1/TCLKC<br />

118<br />

P14/PO12/TIOCA1<br />

119<br />

P13/PO11/TIOCD0/TCLKB<br />

120<br />

P12/PO10/TIOCC0/TCLKA<br />

121<br />

P11/PO9/TIOCB0/DACK1<br />

122<br />

P10/PO8/TIOCA0/DACK0<br />

123<br />

MD0<br />

124<br />

MD1<br />

125<br />

MD2<br />

126<br />

PG0/CAS<br />

127<br />

PG1/CS3<br />

128<br />

PG2/CS2<br />

234<br />

8 765<br />

VCC3 Spreading Range :<br />

+/- 1.25%<br />

R104(*3) OPEN 0J<br />

R103(*1) OPEN 680J<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

R107(*4) 22J OPEN<br />

R102(*2) 0J OPEN<br />

VCC3<br />

C103(*5) 22pF 15pF<br />

C102(*6) 22pF 15pF<br />

D15<br />

/CS2<br />

*R102,R103,C102, and C103 are temtative<br />

D14<br />

/CS1<br />

D13<br />

/CS0<br />

D12<br />

D11<br />

A20<br />

D10<br />

RY/BY<br />

D9<br />

MT_HOME<br />

D8<br />

CCD_TG<br />

DMT3<br />

DMT2<br />

(2-A2) (3-A2) /RD<br />

DMT1<br />

/HWR<br />

RD R277 33J<br />

DMT0<br />

R278 1 2 100J<br />

D7<br />

CPU_SYNC<br />

(2-A2) /LWR<br />

HWR<br />

PMCLK<br />

SELIN3<br />

LWR<br />

1 2<br />

POFF<br />

D6<br />

(FW)<br />

D5<br />

<strong>AR</strong>B_INT<br />

VCC3<br />

SELIN2<br />

TMEN<br />

SELIN1<br />

TMCLK<br />

D4<br />

FAXSTS(NC)<br />

(KIN2)<br />

FAXCMD(NC)<br />

(KIN1)<br />

RY/BY<br />

VCC3<br />

SCL<br />

SCL<br />

RY/BY<br />

SDA<br />

SDA<br />

D3<br />

CPUCLK(NC)<br />

CPU3.3<br />

D2<br />

RD<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

D1<br />

HWR<br />

D0<br />

LWR<br />

R291 1 2 1kJ<br />

R283<br />

FAXSTS(NC)<br />

10kJ<br />

FAXCMD(NC)<br />

SCL<br />

VCC3<br />

SDA<br />

VCC3<br />

/CL_RESET<br />

/PRINTST<br />

RESETOUT1<br />

/TRANSST<br />

RTH<br />

BEO<br />

/SCANST<br />

D_CONT<br />

/SCANSP<br />

(SIN1)<br />

TxD1<br />

(SIN2)<br />

ONL<br />

(SIN3)<br />

(USBIN)<br />

D15<br />

D14<br />

SPMT3<br />

D13<br />

SPMT2<br />

D12<br />

SPMT1<br />

SPMT0<br />

/SCANSP<br />

/SCANSP<br />

D11<br />

/SCANST<br />

/SCANST<br />

D10<br />

/TRANSST /TRANSST<br />

D9<br />

/PRINTST<br />

/PRINTST<br />

D8<br />

SPMT3<br />

SPMT3<br />

D7<br />

SPMT2/MIRCNT<br />

SPMT2<br />

D6<br />

SPMT1<br />

SPMT1<br />

D5<br />

SPMT0<br />

SPMT0<br />

D4<br />

D3<br />

D2<br />

PSL<br />

D1<br />

D0<br />

/CS2<br />

/CS2<br />

D[15..0]<br />

(3-A2)<br />

When IC101 is, mounted NOT mounted<br />

(6-D3)<br />

(6-D3)<br />

(6-D4)<br />

(6-D4)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(5-B1)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(4-D4)<br />

(4-D4)<br />

(9-B1)<br />

(3-B2)<br />

(9-B1)<br />

(8-C1)<br />

(5-E3)<br />

(8-C4)<br />

(8-A2)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(9-B3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(8-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(8-C3)<br />

(2-A1)<br />

(2-A2) (3-A1)<br />

2 1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

BR103 10kJ<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

BR102 10kJ<br />

8<br />

7<br />

65<br />

BR101 10kJ<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

CPUNRST<br />

CPUCLK(NC)<br />

RESETOUT<br />

1<br />

2<br />

8 765<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

BR112 10kJ<br />

1<br />

2 34<br />

2 1<br />

P53/ADTRG 102<br />

P52/SCK2<br />

101<br />

Vss<br />

100<br />

Vss<br />

99<br />

P51/RxD2<br />

98<br />

P50/TxD2<br />

97<br />

PF0/BREQ 96<br />

PF1/BACK 95<br />

PF2/ LCAS/ WAIT/BREQO 94<br />

PF3/LWR 93<br />

PF4/HWR 92<br />

PF5/RD 91<br />

PF6/AS 90<br />

VCC<br />

89<br />

PF7/0<br />

88<br />

Vss<br />

87<br />

EXTAL<br />

86<br />

XTAL<br />

85<br />

VCC<br />

84<br />

STBY 83<br />

NMI<br />

82<br />

RES 81<br />

WDTOVF 80<br />

P20/PO0/TIOCA3<br />

79<br />

P21/PO1/YICOB3<br />

78<br />

P22/PO2/TIOCC3<br />

77<br />

P23/PO3/TIOCD3<br />

76<br />

P24/PO4/TIOCA4<br />

75<br />

P25/PO5/TIOCB4<br />

74<br />

P26/PO6/TIOCA5<br />

73<br />

P27/PO7/TIOCB5<br />

72<br />

P63/TEND1 71<br />

P62/DREQ1 70<br />

P61/ TEND0/ CS5 69<br />

Vss<br />

68<br />

Vss<br />

67<br />

P60/ DREQ0/ CS4 66<br />

Vss<br />

65<br />

2 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

PG3/CS1<br />

PG4/CS0<br />

Vss<br />

NC<br />

VCC<br />

PC0/A0<br />

PC1/A1<br />

PC2/A2<br />

PC3/A3<br />

Vss<br />

PC4/A4<br />

PC5/A5<br />

PC6/A6<br />

PC7/A7<br />

PB0/A8<br />

PB1/A9<br />

PB2/A10<br />

PB3/A11<br />

Vss<br />

PB4/A12<br />

PB5/A13<br />

PB6/A14<br />

PB7/A15<br />

PA0/A16<br />

PA1/A17<br />

PA2/A18<br />

PA3/A19<br />

Vss<br />

PA4/A20/IRQ4<br />

PA5/A21/IRQ5<br />

PA6/A22/IRQ6<br />

PA7/A23/IRQ7<br />

P67/ CS7/ IRQ3<br />

P66/ CS6/ IRQ2<br />

Vss<br />

Vss<br />

P65/IRQ1<br />

P64/IRQ0<br />

H8S/2320<br />

2 2<br />

(3-A2) /CS1<br />

/CS1<br />

/CS0<br />

(3-C2) /CS0<br />

VCC3<br />

L101<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

CPU3.3<br />

1 3<br />

<strong>AR</strong>B_INT<br />

<strong>AR</strong>B_INT (2-A1)<br />

(FW)<br />

(FW) (4-D4)<br />

CPU_SYNC<br />

C109<br />

CPU_SYNC (2-A1)<br />

MT_HOME<br />

+<br />

mt_at_home (8-C2)<br />

CCD_TG<br />

CCD_TG (2-B4)<br />

10u/16V<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

(SPPD) (7-E1)<br />

(PSW) (7-E1)<br />

A20<br />

BR123<br />

33J<br />

BR122<br />

33J<br />

C110 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C111 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C112 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C113 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C114 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C115 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

33<br />

34<br />

35<br />

36<br />

37<br />

38<br />

BR121<br />

33J<br />

2<br />

1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

BR125<br />

33J<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

BR124<br />

33J<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

C117 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C118 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C119 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C120 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C121 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C122 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

C123 OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R114<br />

11kF<br />

R115<br />

10kJ<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

(3-B2)<br />

(9-B1) (2-D1)<br />

CPUNRST<br />

CPUNRST<br />

C125<br />

22000p<br />

1<br />

C124<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

IC104<br />

NC<br />

M51957BFP<br />

8<br />

VCC<br />

4<br />

GND<br />

7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

NC<br />

3<br />

IN<br />

NC<br />

Cd 5<br />

OUT 6<br />

R117<br />

10kF<br />

A12<br />

A13<br />

A14<br />

A15<br />

A16<br />

A17<br />

A18<br />

A19<br />

A4<br />

A5<br />

A6<br />

A7<br />

A8<br />

A9<br />

A10<br />

A11<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

A0<br />

A1<br />

A2<br />

A3<br />

(2-A1) (3-A3)<br />

A[19..0]<br />

VCC3<br />

C128<br />

0.1u<br />

RESETOUT1<br />

1<br />

1 R284<br />

CPU port selection of a /ASIC_RST output<br />

1<br />

10kJ<br />

PF6 33J mounted on R116 and R285 are OPEN<br />

P34 33J mounted on R285 and R116 are OPEN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1 R285 33J2<br />

(2-D1)<br />

/ASIC_RST<br />

R116 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

RESETOUT<br />

1<br />

C126<br />

47p<br />

R118<br />

10kJ<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

MCU PWB (ASIC SECTION) 2/9<br />

L103<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

C139 +<br />

47u/16V<br />

4 4<br />

L110<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

X102<br />

1 3<br />

8<br />

VCC OUTPUT<br />

C164<br />

0.1u<br />

C165<br />

1<br />

12p<br />

N.C.<br />

3 OSC-11<br />

3<br />

24MHz<br />

L113<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

C167<br />

12p<br />

R121<br />

33J<br />

2 1 2<br />

2<br />

1 1<br />

1 2 R127<br />

10kJ<br />

1 2 R128<br />

10kJ<br />

5<br />

GND 4<br />

X103<br />

N.C.<br />

OSC-11<br />

13.9867MHz<br />

1<br />

VCC 8<br />

BR131<br />

33J 1 8<br />

234 7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

BR132<br />

33J 1 8<br />

23 7<br />

6<br />

4 5<br />

BR133 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

BR134<br />

4 5<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

BR135 10kJ<br />

3 6<br />

1 8<br />

4 5<br />

2 7<br />

33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR136<br />

2 7<br />

BR137 10kJ<br />

3 6<br />

1 8<br />

4 5<br />

2 7<br />

33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR138<br />

2 7<br />

BR139 10kJ<br />

3 6<br />

1 8<br />

4 5<br />

2 7<br />

33J<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8 BR140<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

33J<br />

1 8 BR141<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

33J<br />

5<br />

OUTPUT<br />

4<br />

BR142<br />

GND<br />

33J<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

BR145 10kJ<br />

4 5<br />

1 8<br />

BR143 33J<br />

2 7<br />

R122 R123<br />

1 8<br />

3 6<br />

10kJ 10kJ<br />

2 7<br />

4 5<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

BR148 10kJ<br />

BR144 33J<br />

1 8<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

4 5<br />

BR147 33J<br />

BR150 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

1 8<br />

R129 R130<br />

2 7<br />

2 7<br />

OPEN OPEN 3 6<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

4 5<br />

BR149 33J<br />

1 8<br />

BR152 10kJ<br />

2 7<br />

1 8<br />

3 6<br />

2 7<br />

4 5<br />

3 6<br />

BR151 33J<br />

4 5<br />

BR153 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

BR154 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

BR146 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

BR155 10kJ<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

R131<br />

R254 C315<br />

1 33J 2 47p<br />

1 2<br />

R255 C316<br />

1 33J 2 47p<br />

1 2<br />

R256 C317<br />

1 33J 2 47p<br />

1 2<br />

R257 C318<br />

1 33J 2 47p<br />

1 2 R258<br />

33J C319<br />

1 2 47p<br />

1 2<br />

R259 C320<br />

1 33J 2 47p<br />

1 2<br />

R260<br />

1 33J 2<br />

1 2<br />

C321<br />

47p<br />

1 2<br />

R261<br />

33J<br />

IC106<br />

R267<br />

1 2<br />

10J<br />

C166<br />

47p<br />

IC107<br />

R120 NC7ST08M5X<br />

1 2<br />

100J<br />

1<br />

R262<br />

1 2 4<br />

Jaguar ASIC without PCI<br />

33J<br />

2<br />

C170<br />

0.1u<br />

86<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

84<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

R124 R125 R126<br />

83<br />

10kJ 10kJ 10kJ<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

81<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

80<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

79<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

78<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

77<br />

IE1284_P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

76<br />

IE1284_REV#<br />

74<br />

IE1284_ACK#<br />

R132 R133<br />

IE1284_BUSY<br />

72<br />

OPEN OPEN OPEN<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

69<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

68<br />

IE1284_INIT<br />

67<br />

IE1284_SLCTIN#<br />

66<br />

IE1284_AUTOFD#<br />

65<br />

IE1284_STB#<br />

HG73C119HF<br />

1 2 R189<br />

10kJ<br />

73<br />

82<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

IE1284_PE 71<br />

93<br />

VPOUT<br />

92<br />

VMOUT<br />

SUSPEND<br />

85<br />

GND(AC)<br />

75<br />

IE1284_FAULT#<br />

70<br />

IE1284_SLCT<br />

87<br />

VMIN 88<br />

VPIN 89<br />

RCV 90<br />

OEN 91<br />

TM2_15M 94<br />

PFCLK<br />

98<br />

GND(PLL)<br />

97<br />

VCC(PLL)<br />

96<br />

GND(PLL)<br />

95<br />

VCC(PLL)<br />

99<br />

RAM_CLK<br />

124<br />

GND(AC)<br />

123<br />

RAM_DATA8<br />

122<br />

RAM_DATA9<br />

121<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

120<br />

RAM_DATA10<br />

119<br />

RAM_DATA11<br />

118<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

117<br />

RAM_DATA12<br />

116<br />

RAM_DATA13<br />

115<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

114<br />

RAM_DATA14<br />

113<br />

RAM_DATA15<br />

112<br />

RAM_DATA7<br />

111<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

110<br />

RAM_DATA6<br />

109<br />

RAM_DATA5<br />

108<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

107<br />

RAM_DATA4<br />

106<br />

RAM_DATA3<br />

105<br />

GND(AC)<br />

104<br />

RAM_DATA2<br />

103<br />

RAM_DATA1<br />

102<br />

RAM_DATA0<br />

101<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

100<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

125<br />

RAM_CKE 126<br />

128<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

127<br />

RAM_WDE#<br />

253<br />

<strong>AR</strong>B_INTR<br />

254<br />

CPU_SYNC#<br />

255<br />

CPU_AD8<br />

256<br />

CPU_AD7<br />

GND(AC)<br />

252 MEM_INTR<br />

240<br />

CPU_DATA7<br />

241<br />

CPU_DATA6<br />

242<br />

CPU_DATA5<br />

243<br />

CPU_DATA4<br />

244<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

245<br />

CPU_DATA3<br />

246<br />

CPU_DATA2<br />

247<br />

CPU_DATA1<br />

248<br />

CPU_DATA0<br />

249<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

250<br />

CPUCS#<br />

251<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

214<br />

LEND#<br />

215<br />

CPUWR#<br />

216<br />

CPURD#<br />

217<br />

SCANSP<br />

218<br />

SCANST#<br />

219<br />

TRANSST#<br />

220<br />

PRINTST#<br />

221<br />

TMEN<br />

222<br />

TESTPIN4<br />

223<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

224<br />

TESTPIN3<br />

225<br />

TMCLK<br />

226<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

227<br />

TESTPIN2<br />

228<br />

TESTPIN1<br />

229<br />

TESTPIN0<br />

230<br />

CPU_DATA15<br />

231<br />

CPU_DATA14<br />

232<br />

CPU_DATA13<br />

233<br />

CPU_DATA12<br />

234<br />

CPU_DATA11<br />

235<br />

CPU_DATA10<br />

236<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

237<br />

CPU_DATA9<br />

238<br />

CPU_DATA8<br />

239<br />

GND(AC)<br />

210<br />

VCC(AC)<br />

211<br />

SYNC#<br />

212<br />

LD#<br />

213<br />

MTR_Y2<br />

209 MTR_I22<br />

208 MTR_I12<br />

207 MTR_I02<br />

205<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

206<br />

MTR_PHASE2<br />

204 MTR_I21<br />

203 MTR_I11<br />

202 MTR_I01<br />

201 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

200 MTR_PHASE1<br />

199 MTR_Y1<br />

(8-C1) CL<br />

(1-D2),(8-D2) CCD_TG<br />

VCC3<br />

R280<br />

(8-E2) VSAMP<br />

OPEN<br />

G3.3V<br />

(8-D2) CCD_RS<br />

(8-D2) CCD_CP<br />

JTG_TDO (9-B2)<br />

(8-E2) BSAMP<br />

(8-D2) CCD_PHI2<br />

MAD[12..0] (3-E1)<br />

(8-E2) AFE_SDI<br />

DQM1 (3-E2)<br />

DQM0 (3-D2)<br />

BANK1 (3-D2)<br />

(8-D2) CCD_PHI1<br />

BANK0 (3-D2)<br />

/SDCS (3-D2)<br />

/SDRAS (3-D2)<br />

(8-D2) ADCLK<br />

/SDCAS (3-D2)<br />

(8-E2) AFE_SEN<br />

(8-D2) AFE_SCK<br />

(8-C2) mt_at_home<br />

(8-D2) AFE_DB[7..0]<br />

AFE_DB7<br />

AFE_DB6<br />

AFE_DB5<br />

AFE_DB4<br />

AFE_DB3<br />

G3.3V<br />

AFE_DB2<br />

VCC3<br />

AFE_DB1<br />

AFE_DB0<br />

VCC3<br />

RAMDB8<br />

RAMDB9<br />

RAMDB10<br />

RAMDB11<br />

193<br />

GND(PLL)<br />

194<br />

VCC(PLL)<br />

/SDWDE (3-D2)<br />

195<br />

GND(PLL)<br />

SDCKE (3-E2)<br />

RAMDB12<br />

196<br />

VCC(PLL)<br />

SDCLK (3-E2)<br />

RAMDB13<br />

197<br />

VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

RAMDB[15..0] (3-E3)<br />

RAMDB14<br />

(5-B1) MM_Y1<br />

198<br />

RAMDB15<br />

RAMDB8<br />

(6-C3) MM_PH_A<br />

RAMDB9<br />

RAMDB10<br />

(6-C3) MM_AI0<br />

MM_AI0<br />

RAMDB7<br />

MM_AI1<br />

RAMDB11<br />

(6-C3) MM_AI1<br />

RAMDB6<br />

MM_AI2<br />

RAMDB5<br />

(6-B3) MM_PH_B<br />

RAMDB4<br />

RAMDB12<br />

MM_BI0<br />

RAMDB13<br />

(6-B3) MM_BI0<br />

RAMDB14<br />

(6-B3) MM_BI1<br />

MM_BI1<br />

RAMDB3<br />

MM_BI2<br />

RAMDB15<br />

RAMDB2<br />

(5-B1) MM_Y2<br />

RAMDB1<br />

RAMDB0<br />

RAMDB7<br />

(4-D4) (/SYNC)<br />

RAMDB6<br />

RAMDB5<br />

RAMDB4<br />

(5-B1) /LEND<br />

(1-B3) /LWR<br />

RAMDB3<br />

(1-B3) /RD<br />

RAMDB2<br />

(1-A2) /SCANSP<br />

RAMDB1<br />

5V<br />

(1-A2) /SCANST<br />

RAMDB0<br />

VCC3<br />

(1-A2) /TRANSST<br />

(1-A2) /PRINTST<br />

(1-D3) TMEN<br />

TSP4<br />

TSP3<br />

(9-A2) /VIDEO<br />

(1-D3) TMCLK<br />

5V<br />

(1-D2)<br />

TSP2<br />

D[15..0]<br />

TSP1<br />

VPOUT<br />

TSP0<br />

VPOUT (8-B2)<br />

VMOUT<br />

D15<br />

VMOUT (8-B2)<br />

D14<br />

OEN (8-B2)<br />

RCV<br />

D13<br />

RCV (8-B2)<br />

VPIN<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

D12<br />

VPIN (8-B2)<br />

VMIN<br />

D11<br />

VMIN (8-B2)<br />

SUSPEND<br />

D10<br />

SUSPEND (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

VPOUT<br />

D9<br />

VMOUT<br />

D8<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

RCV<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

VPIN<br />

D7<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

D6<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

TSP0<br />

D5<br />

VMIN<br />

TSP1<br />

D4<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

SUSPEND<br />

TSP2<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

TSP3<br />

D3<br />

REV<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

TSP4<br />

D2<br />

/REV (8-B2)<br />

FAULT<br />

D1<br />

/FAULT (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD[7..0] (8-A2)<br />

D0<br />

ACK<br />

/ACK (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

BUSY<br />

BUSY (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

(1-A2) /CS2<br />

PE<br />

PE (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

SLCT<br />

SLCT (8-B2)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

(1-D2) <strong>AR</strong>B_INT<br />

INIT<br />

/INIT (8-B1)<br />

(1-D2) CPU_SYNC<br />

SLCTIN<br />

/SLCTIN (8-B1)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

A9<br />

AUTOFD<br />

/AUTOFD (8-B1)<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

A8<br />

STB<br />

/STB (8-B1)<br />

REV<br />

FAULT<br />

ACK<br />

R279<br />

BUSY<br />

OPEN<br />

PE<br />

SLCT<br />

INIT<br />

SLCTIN<br />

AUTOFD<br />

VCC3<br />

STB<br />

JTG_TMS (9-B2)<br />

MM_AI0<br />

JTG_TCK (9-B2)<br />

MM_AI1<br />

VCC3<br />

(1-C1) A[19..0]<br />

CPUNRST (1-B1)<br />

MM_AI2<br />

/ASIC_RST (1-B1)<br />

MM_BI0<br />

JTG_TDI (9-B2)<br />

ES_S_PRT<br />

MM_BI1<br />

FAX_S_PRT<br />

PCL_S_PRT<br />

MM_BI2 POFFR<br />

TMON<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

C129 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C130 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C131 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C132 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C133 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C134 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C135 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C136 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C137 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C138 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

C140 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C141 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C142 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C143 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C144 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C145 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C146 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C147 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C148 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C149 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

MAD12<br />

MAD11<br />

MAD9<br />

MAD8<br />

MAD7<br />

MAD6<br />

MAD5<br />

MAD4<br />

MAD10<br />

MAD0<br />

MAD1<br />

MAD2<br />

MAD3<br />

C150 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C151 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C152 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C153 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C154 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C155 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C156 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C157 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C158 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C159 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

C160 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C161 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C162 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

BR130 1 8 33J<br />

2<br />

34<br />

BR129 1 8 33J<br />

2<br />

34<br />

BR128 1 8 33J<br />

2<br />

34<br />

BR127 1 8 33J<br />

2<br />

34<br />

R119 33J<br />

2 1<br />

BR126 1 8 33J<br />

2<br />

34<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

22000p<br />

2 1<br />

C163<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 129<br />

TM2_24M 192<br />

SFCLK 191<br />

GND(AC) 190<br />

AFP_DATA0 189<br />

GND(AC) 188<br />

AFP_DATA1 187<br />

AFP_DATA2 186<br />

VCC(AC) 185<br />

AFP_DATA3 184<br />

AFP_DATA4 183<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 182<br />

AFP_DATA5 181<br />

AFP_DATA6 180<br />

AFP_DATA7 179<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 178<br />

MTR_AT_HOME 177<br />

AFP_AFESCK 176<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 175<br />

AFP_AFESEN 174<br />

AFP_ADCCLK 173<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 172<br />

CCD_PH1 171<br />

GND(AC) 170<br />

AFP_AFESDI 169<br />

CCD_PH2 168<br />

AFP_BSMP 167<br />

VCC(AC) 166<br />

CCD_PHCLB 165<br />

CCD_PHRB 164<br />

AFP_VSMP 163<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 162<br />

CCD_TG 161<br />

AFP_OBE 160<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 159<br />

CL 158<br />

TDO 157<br />

RAM_MAD3 156<br />

RAM_MAD2 155<br />

RAM_MAD1 154<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 153<br />

RAM_MAD0 152<br />

RAM_MAD10 151<br />

RAM_MAD4 150<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 149<br />

RAM_MAD5 148<br />

RAM_MAD6 147<br />

VCC(AC) 146<br />

RAM_MAD7 145<br />

RAM_MAD8 144<br />

GND(AC) 143<br />

RAM_MAD9 142<br />

RAM_MAD11 141<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 140<br />

RAM_MAD12 139<br />

RAM_DQM1 138<br />

RAM_DQM0 137<br />

GND(CORE/DC) 136<br />

RAM_BANK1 135<br />

RAM_BANK0 134<br />

VCC(CORE/DC) 133<br />

RAM_CS# 132<br />

RAM_RAS# 131<br />

RAM_CAS# 130<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C169<br />

22000p<br />

2<br />

2<br />

C168 0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

1 CPU_AD6<br />

2 CPU_AD5<br />

3 CPU_AD4<br />

4 CPU_AD3<br />

5 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

6 CPU_AD2<br />

7 CPU_AD1<br />

8 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

9 CPU_AD0<br />

10 SGS<br />

11 SRRC<br />

12 SPUS<br />

13 SPPS<br />

14 MRPS1<br />

15 MRPS2<br />

16 OPE_LATCH<br />

17 OP_DATA<br />

18 VCC(AC)<br />

19 OP_CLK<br />

20 VFMCNT<br />

21 GND(AC)<br />

22 VFM<br />

23 TC<br />

24 GRIDL<br />

25 MC<br />

26 MRPS3<br />

27 Y3<br />

28 BIAS<br />

29 LDEN<br />

30 PMD<br />

31 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

32 MMD<br />

34 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

35 MPFS<br />

36 CPFS2<br />

37 CPFS1<br />

38 POFFR<br />

39 RRS<br />

40 PR<br />

41 HL<br />

42 TMON<br />

43 TM_<br />

44 VCC(AC)<br />

45 TM<br />

46 MIRON<br />

47 GND(AC)<br />

48 SPFON<br />

49 MIRCNT<br />

51 PCL_S_PRINT<br />

52 FAX_S_PRINT<br />

53 ES_S_PRINT<br />

54 PR<strong>AR</strong>EAEN<br />

55 TDI<br />

57 VCC(CORE/DC)<br />

GND(CORE/DC)<br />

56<br />

33 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

50 GND(CORE/DC)<br />

58 PFCLK0<br />

59 RESET#<br />

60 GND(AC)<br />

61 TRST<br />

62 TCK<br />

63 TMS<br />

64 VCC(AC)<br />

2 1<br />

ES_S_PRT<br />

FAX_S_PRT<br />

PCL_S_PRT<br />

A1<br />

A3<br />

A2<br />

A6<br />

A5<br />

A4<br />

A7<br />

TMON<br />

POFFR<br />

SPFON<br />

MIRCNT<br />

TM<br />

MIRON<br />

TM_<br />

RRS<br />

PR<br />

HL<br />

MPFS<br />

CPFS2<br />

CPFS1<br />

MMD<br />

MRPS3<br />

MM_Y3<br />

BIAS<br />

LDEN<br />

PMD<br />

VFM<br />

TC<br />

GRIDL<br />

MC<br />

OP_CLK<br />

VFMCNT<br />

OP_LATCH<br />

OP_DATA<br />

MRPS1<br />

MRPS2<br />

SRRC<br />

SPUS<br />

SPFS<br />

SGS<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(4-C2)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B1)<br />

(5-B4)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-B1)<br />

(5-B1)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(5-B4)<br />

(5-B4)<br />

(5-B4)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(5-B3)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(4-C3)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-A2)<br />

(5-A2)<br />

(5-A2)<br />

(5-A2)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 3<br />

A<br />

A<br />

B<br />

B<br />

C<br />

C<br />

D<br />

D<br />

E<br />

E<br />

4 4<br />

3 3<br />

2 2<br />

1 1<br />

MCU PWB (MEMORY SECTION) 3/9<br />

R138<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

1<br />

C174<br />

22u/16V<br />

1<br />

2 +<br />

C176<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

R137<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

C177<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C178<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C179<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C180<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C181<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C182<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C183<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

IC110<br />

SDRAM (16bit x 4bank)<br />

A0<br />

23<br />

A1<br />

24<br />

A2<br />

25<br />

A3<br />

26<br />

A4<br />

29<br />

A5<br />

30<br />

A6<br />

31<br />

A7<br />

32<br />

A8<br />

33<br />

A9<br />

34<br />

A10<br />

22<br />

BA0<br />

20<br />

DQ0<br />

2<br />

DQ1<br />

4<br />

DQ2<br />

5<br />

DQ3<br />

7<br />

DQ4<br />

8<br />

DQ5<br />

10<br />

DQ6<br />

11<br />

DQ7<br />

13<br />

DQ8<br />

42<br />

DQ9<br />

44<br />

DQ10<br />

45<br />

DQ11<br />

47<br />

DQ12<br />

48<br />

DQ13<br />

50<br />

DQ14<br />

51<br />

DQ15<br />

53<br />

VCC<br />

1<br />

VCC<br />

27<br />

VSS<br />

54<br />

VSS<br />

28<br />

VCCQ<br />

9<br />

VSS<br />

41<br />

VCCQ<br />

43<br />

VCCQ<br />

49<br />

VSSQ<br />

6<br />

VSSQ<br />

12<br />

VSSQ<br />

46<br />

VSSQ<br />

52<br />

LDQM<br />

15<br />

UDQM<br />

39<br />

WE<br />

16<br />

CAS<br />

17<br />

RAS<br />

18<br />

CS<br />

19<br />

CLKE<br />

37<br />

CLK<br />

38<br />

NC<br />

40<br />

NC<br />

36<br />

VCCQ<br />

3<br />

VCC<br />

14<br />

BA1<br />

21<br />

A11<br />

35<br />

R139<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

1<br />

C173<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

R269<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

IC112<br />

W24L010A<br />

I/O0 13<br />

A0<br />

12<br />

I/O1 14<br />

A1<br />

11<br />

I/O2 15<br />

A2<br />

10<br />

I/O3 17<br />

A3<br />

9<br />

I/O4 18<br />

A4<br />

8<br />

I/O5 19<br />

A5<br />

7<br />

I/O6 20<br />

A6<br />

6<br />

I/O7 21<br />

A7<br />

5<br />

A8<br />

27<br />

A9<br />

26<br />

A10<br />

23<br />

A11<br />

25<br />

A12<br />

4<br />

A13<br />

28<br />

A14<br />

3<br />

CS1<br />

22<br />

OE<br />

24<br />

WE<br />

29<br />

VDD 32<br />

GND 16<br />

CS2<br />

30<br />

A15<br />

31<br />

A16<br />

2<br />

NC<br />

1<br />

C326<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C327<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C324<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C325<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

2<br />

R287 0J<br />

2 1<br />

R286 10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

IC111<br />

LH28F400BVE<br />

A0<br />

25<br />

A1<br />

24<br />

A2<br />

23<br />

A3<br />

22<br />

A4<br />

21<br />

A5<br />

20<br />

A6<br />

19<br />

A7<br />

18<br />

A8<br />

8<br />

A9<br />

7<br />

A10<br />

6<br />

A11<br />

5<br />

A12<br />

4<br />

A13<br />

3<br />

A14<br />

2<br />

A15<br />

1<br />

A16<br />

48<br />

A17<br />

17<br />

DQ0<br />

29<br />

DQ1<br />

31<br />

DQ2<br />

33<br />

DQ3<br />

35<br />

DQ4<br />

38<br />

DQ5<br />

40<br />

DQ6<br />

42<br />

DQ7<br />

44<br />

DQ8<br />

30<br />

DQ9<br />

32<br />

DQ10<br />

34<br />

DQ11<br />

36<br />

DQ12<br />

39<br />

DQ13<br />

41<br />

DQ14<br />

43<br />

DQ15 45<br />

NC<br />

9<br />

NC<br />

10<br />

NC<br />

16<br />

GND<br />

46<br />

GND<br />

27<br />

VCC<br />

37<br />

VPP<br />

13<br />

BYTE<br />

47<br />

OE<br />

28<br />

CE<br />

26<br />

WE<br />

11<br />

RP<br />

12<br />

WP<br />

14<br />

RY/BY<br />

15<br />

R288<br />

OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

R289<br />

OPEN<br />

2 1<br />

RAMDB0<br />

RAMDB9<br />

RAMDB10<br />

RAMDB11<br />

RAMDB12<br />

RAMDB13<br />

RAMDB14<br />

RAMDB15<br />

RAMDB7 RAMDB8<br />

RAMDB3<br />

RAMDB1<br />

RAMDB5<br />

RAMDB6<br />

RAMDB2<br />

RAMDB4<br />

MAD8<br />

MAD9<br />

MAD4<br />

MAD5<br />

MAD11<br />

MAD1<br />

MAD0<br />

MAD10<br />

MAD7<br />

MAD12<br />

A17<br />

A1<br />

RDZ<br />

MAD3<br />

MAD2<br />

MAD6<br />

CS1Z<br />

RDZ<br />

HWRZ<br />

A5<br />

A4<br />

A2<br />

A7<br />

A1<br />

A6<br />

A8<br />

A19<br />

A2<br />

A8<br />

A12<br />

A4<br />

A3<br />

A11<br />

A3<br />

A16<br />

A1<br />

A13<br />

A12<br />

A11<br />

A15<br />

A10<br />

A14<br />

A10<br />

A9<br />

A6<br />

A7<br />

A17<br />

A14<br />

A15<br />

A13<br />

A5<br />

A18<br />

A9<br />

A16<br />

A0<br />

HWRZ<br />

D12<br />

D12<br />

D1<br />

D8<br />

D4<br />

D6<br />

D9<br />

D11<br />

D14<br />

D15<br />

D11<br />

D7<br />

D3<br />

D8<br />

D5<br />

D10<br />

D10<br />

D2<br />

D14<br />

D9<br />

D13<br />

D0<br />

D13<br />

D15<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

/CS0<br />

MAD[12..0]<br />

BANK0<br />

BANK1<br />

/SDCS<br />

/SDWDE<br />

/SDCAS<br />

/SDRAS<br />

DQM0<br />

DQM1<br />

SDCLK<br />

SDCKE<br />

D[15..0]<br />

RAMDB[15..0]<br />

/CS1<br />

/RD<br />

/HWR<br />

A[19..0]<br />

RY/BY<br />

CPUNRST<br />

(1-C1)<br />

(1-D2)<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(2-D3)<br />

(2-D3)<br />

(2-D3)<br />

(2-D3)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

(2-D4)<br />

12/13/14 CPM<br />

Model<br />

64Mb(1Mx16bitx4bank)<br />

SDRAM<br />

Vendor/Type<br />

HY57V641620HGT-P(Hyndai)<br />

MT48LC4M16A2TG-75(Micron)<br />

K4S641632F-TC75(Samsung)<br />

W986416DH-7(Winbond)<br />

15CPM 128Mb(2Mx16bitx4bank) MT48LC8M16A2TG-75(Micron)<br />

HY57V281620AT(Hyndai)<br />

K4S281632D-TC75(Samsung)<br />

W981216BH-75(Winbond)<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(1-B3)<br />

(1-B3)<br />

(1-D3)<br />

(1-B1)


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

MCU PWB (DRIVER SECTION 1) 4/9<br />

4 4<br />

BR156 10J<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

IC114<br />

4 5<br />

4<br />

D0<br />

3<br />

BR157 10J<br />

D1<br />

2<br />

C184<br />

D2<br />

1<br />

R144<br />

D3<br />

15<br />

1 2<br />

0.1u<br />

D4<br />

14<br />

D5<br />

13<br />

10J<br />

D6 W<br />

12<br />

D7<br />

11<br />

C185 C186<br />

A<br />

10<br />

B<br />

9<br />

0.1u<br />

33p<br />

C<br />

7<br />

G<br />

74HC151<br />

6<br />

VCC<br />

Y<br />

5<br />

16<br />

GND 8<br />

IC113<br />

VCC<br />

2<br />

1A1 1Y1<br />

18<br />

4<br />

1A2 1Y2<br />

16<br />

6<br />

1A3 1Y3<br />

14<br />

8<br />

1A4 1Y4<br />

12<br />

11<br />

2A1 2Y1<br />

9<br />

13<br />

2A2 2Y2<br />

7<br />

15<br />

2A3 2Y3<br />

5<br />

17<br />

2A4 2Y4<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1G<br />

19<br />

2G<br />

74LCX244<br />

20<br />

5V VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

R140 R141<br />

10kJ 10kJ<br />

(8-C4) KIN1<br />

(KIN1) (1-D3)<br />

(8-C4) KIN2<br />

(KIN2) (1-D3)<br />

(8-A3) FW<br />

(FW) (1-D2)<br />

(9-A2) /SYNC (/SYNC) (2-A2)<br />

5V<br />

(4-B3) SIN1<br />

(SIN1) (1-A3)<br />

(4-B3) SIN2<br />

(SIN2) (1-A3)<br />

(4-B2) SIN3<br />

(SIN3) (1-A3)<br />

USBIN<br />

(USBIN)<br />

(7-E2) (PPD1)<br />

(7-E4) (POD)<br />

R266<br />

(7-E3) (MFD)<br />

10<br />

10kJ<br />

GND<br />

(7-E1) (CED1)<br />

(7-E3) (TCS)<br />

SIN1 (4-C4)<br />

(7-E4) (PMRDY)<br />

(7-E3) DVS1<br />

(7-E1) (DRST)<br />

(4-D3) (SELIN1)<br />

(4-D3) (SELIN2)<br />

(4-D3) (SELIN3)<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

3 3<br />

IC116<br />

VCC<br />

2<br />

1A1 1Y1<br />

18<br />

4<br />

1A2 1Y2<br />

16<br />

6<br />

1A3 1Y3<br />

14<br />

8<br />

1A4 1Y4<br />

12<br />

11<br />

2A1 2Y1<br />

9<br />

13<br />

2A2 2Y2<br />

7<br />

15<br />

2A3 2Y3<br />

5<br />

17<br />

2A4 2Y4<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1G<br />

R146<br />

19<br />

2G<br />

10kJ<br />

R147<br />

10kJ<br />

74VHCT244<br />

20<br />

IC115<br />

4<br />

D0<br />

3<br />

D1<br />

2<br />

D2<br />

1<br />

R145<br />

D3<br />

15<br />

1 2<br />

D4<br />

14<br />

D5<br />

13<br />

10J<br />

D6 W<br />

12<br />

D7<br />

C188<br />

11 A<br />

C187<br />

10 B<br />

33p<br />

9<br />

0.1u<br />

C<br />

7<br />

G<br />

10<br />

GND<br />

74HC151<br />

6<br />

Y 5<br />

VCC 16<br />

GND 8<br />

5V<br />

R263<br />

10kJ<br />

5V<br />

5V<br />

(7-E2) (PPD2)<br />

(7-E4) (PPD3)<br />

(5-E2) THOPEN<br />

(7-E1) (CED2)<br />

(1-B3) SELIN1<br />

(SELIN1) (4-A3) (8-D3)<br />

(7-C4) DSWS<br />

SIN2 (4-C4)<br />

(1-B3) SELIN2<br />

(SELIN2) (4-A3) (8-D3)<br />

(7-E3) (MMLD)<br />

(1-B3) SELIN3<br />

(SELIN3) (4-A3) (8-D3)<br />

(8-B1) GDIIN<br />

(2-B1) OP_CLK<br />

(OP_CLK) (8-D3)<br />

(2-B1) OP_DATA<br />

(OP_DATA) (8-D3)<br />

(2-B1) OP_LATCH<br />

(OP_LATCH) (8-D3)<br />

(2-C1) TM<br />

(TM) (6-D2)<br />

(2-C1) TM_<br />

(TM_) (6-D2)<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

1<br />

C189 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

C190 100p<br />

2 1<br />

C191 100p<br />

2 1<br />

C192 100p<br />

1<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 4<br />

2<br />

2<br />

IC117<br />

4<br />

D0<br />

R148<br />

3<br />

D1<br />

10kJ<br />

2<br />

D2<br />

1<br />

R149<br />

D3<br />

15<br />

1 2<br />

D4<br />

14<br />

D5<br />

13<br />

10J<br />

D6 W<br />

12<br />

D7<br />

C193<br />

C194<br />

11<br />

A<br />

10<br />

B<br />

0.1u<br />

33p<br />

9<br />

2 C<br />

7<br />

2<br />

G<br />

74HC151<br />

6<br />

Y 5<br />

VCC 16<br />

GND 8<br />

5V<br />

5V<br />

(7-E4) (SDSW)<br />

(7-E4) (SPID)<br />

(7-E4) (SB4D)<br />

(9-D4) (SDOD)<br />

SIN3 (4-C4)<br />

VCC3<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

(SPMT0)<br />

(SPMT1)<br />

(SPMT2)<br />

(SPMT3)<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

BR158<br />

10J<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

4<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

BR159<br />

10kJ<br />

C195<br />

0.1u<br />

IC118<br />

1A1 1Y1<br />

1A2<br />

1A3<br />

1A4<br />

2A1<br />

2A2<br />

2A3<br />

2A4<br />

1G<br />

2G<br />

74LCX244<br />

18<br />

1Y2 16<br />

1Y3 14<br />

1Y4 12<br />

2Y1 9<br />

2Y2 7<br />

2Y3 5<br />

2Y4 3<br />

VCC 20<br />

GND<br />

2<br />

4<br />

6<br />

8<br />

11<br />

13<br />

15<br />

17<br />

1<br />

19<br />

10<br />

MIRCNT<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(6-B1)<br />

(6-B1)<br />

(6-B1)<br />

(6-B1)<br />

SPMT0<br />

SPMT1<br />

SPMT2/MIRCNT<br />

SPMT3<br />

MIRON<br />

SPFON<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(1-A2)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

2<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

1 1<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

MCU PWB (DRIVER SECTION 2) 5/9<br />

4 4<br />

24V<br />

VCC3<br />

12V<br />

VCC3<br />

/MC (8-B4)<br />

/BIAS (8-A4)<br />

/TC (8-B4)<br />

/GRIDL (8-A4)<br />

1 1B<br />

2 2B<br />

3 3B<br />

4 4B<br />

5 5B<br />

6 6B<br />

7 7B<br />

8 E COM<br />

or KID65001AF<br />

9<br />

1C 16<br />

2C 15<br />

3C 14<br />

4C 13<br />

5C 12<br />

6C 11<br />

7C 10<br />

IC119<br />

TD62001AF<br />

R150 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R151 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R152 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R153 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

MC<br />

BIAS<br />

TC<br />

GRIDL<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

1<br />

R157<br />

1kJ<br />

R156<br />

7.5kF<br />

2<br />

IC120A<br />

1<br />

8<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R155<br />

1MF<br />

2 1<br />

R154<br />

1kF<br />

PGND<br />

(5-B2)<br />

FTH<br />

+<br />

-<br />

3<br />

2<br />

D101<br />

1 2<br />

MA700<br />

NJM2903<br />

or KIA393F12V<br />

C196<br />

0.1u<br />

4<br />

R159<br />

4.3kF<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R158<br />

10kF<br />

2<br />

24V 24V<br />

R161<br />

1<br />

/CPFS1 (9-B3)<br />

2<br />

/CPFS2 (9-D3)<br />

/MPFS (9-C1)<br />

47kJ<br />

/RRS (9-C2) R166<br />

1 2<br />

Q101<br />

2SA1036 or KTA1505S<br />

/VFMCNT(9-A3)<br />

/PR (8-A3)<br />

4.7kJ<br />

1/4W<br />

VFMOUT (9-A3)<br />

1 1B<br />

2 2B<br />

3 3B<br />

4 4B<br />

5 5B<br />

6 6B<br />

7 7B<br />

8 E COM<br />

or KID65001AF<br />

9<br />

1C 16<br />

2C 15<br />

3C 14<br />

4C 13<br />

5C 12<br />

6C 11<br />

7C 10<br />

IC121<br />

TD62001AF<br />

R160 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R162 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R163 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R164 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R165 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R167 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

R168 1 2 1.5kJ<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-B1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

8<br />

(9-C2)<br />

(1-A3)<br />

C198<br />

0.1u<br />

VCC3 VCC3<br />

D102<br />

D103<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1<br />

12V<br />

1<br />

DA204K<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

or KDS226<br />

IC122A R169 R170<br />

3<br />

300J<br />

+<br />

100J<br />

1 1 2 1 2<br />

2<br />

-<br />

LM358<br />

C197<br />

or KIA358F 12V<br />

22000p<br />

CPFS1<br />

CPFS2<br />

MPFS<br />

RRS<br />

VFM<br />

VFMCNT<br />

PR<br />

3 3<br />

RTH_IN<br />

PGND<br />

RTH<br />

1<br />

1<br />

4<br />

2<br />

C199<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

INT5V<br />

1<br />

D104<br />

1SS133<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 5<br />

5V<br />

12V<br />

VCC3<br />

24V<br />

2<br />

R172<br />

10kJ<br />

R171<br />

1.2kF<br />

1<br />

(9-E1)<br />

(9-E1)<br />

/SPFS<br />

(2-B1)<br />

IC120B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

or KRA119S<br />

(1-D3)<br />

1 1B<br />

(9-A2)<br />

(2-B1)<br />

2 2B<br />

(6-A1)<br />

(2-B1)<br />

3 3B<br />

(6-A1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

4 4B<br />

(6-A1)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

5 5B<br />

(9-A2)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

6 6B<br />

(5-E3)<br />

7 7B<br />

8 G NC<br />

or KID65503F<br />

9<br />

1C 16<br />

2C 15<br />

3C 14<br />

4C 13<br />

5C 12<br />

6C 11<br />

7C 10<br />

IC124<br />

PMCLK<br />

PMCLK_A<br />

MRPS1<br />

MRPS_1<br />

MRPS2<br />

MRPS_2<br />

MRPS3 MRPS_3<br />

LDEN<br />

/LDEN<br />

HL<br />

FTH<br />

TD62503<br />

/SGS (9-E1)<br />

/SRRC (9-E1)<br />

(2-B1) SPUS<br />

(2-B1) SGS<br />

(4-A3)<br />

+<br />

-<br />

5<br />

6<br />

Q102<br />

DTA143XKA<br />

2<br />

NJM2903<br />

or KIA393F<br />

3<br />

4<br />

(2-B1)<br />

C200<br />

22000p<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

R173<br />

10kF<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

17<br />

18<br />

R175<br />

240J<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R174<br />

240J<br />

I1 O1 2<br />

NC<br />

NC O2 7<br />

I2<br />

NC O3 9<br />

I3<br />

NC O4 16<br />

NC<br />

GND COM 1<br />

COM 8<br />

GND<br />

IC123<br />

I4<br />

NC<br />

TD62064AF<br />

SPFS<br />

/SPUS<br />

THOPEN<br />

SRRC<br />

HLOUT (8-B3)<br />

PGND<br />

2 For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

12V<br />

2<br />

IC122B<br />

7<br />

8<br />

+<br />

-<br />

5<br />

6<br />

LM358<br />

or KIA358F<br />

4<br />

5V<br />

R176<br />

240J<br />

SHOLD(9-A2)<br />

3<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

1 1B<br />

(9-A4)<br />

2 2B<br />

(6-A3)<br />

3 3B<br />

(6-A3)<br />

4 4B<br />

(6-A3)<br />

5 5B<br />

(8-B4)<br />

6 6B<br />

(9-A2)<br />

7 7B<br />

8 G NC<br />

or KID65503F<br />

9<br />

1C 16<br />

2C 15<br />

3C 14<br />

4C 13<br />

5C 12<br />

6C 11<br />

7C 10<br />

IC125<br />

MMD<br />

/MMD<br />

MM_Y1<br />

MMref0<br />

MM_Y2<br />

MMref1<br />

MM_Y3<br />

MMref2<br />

POFF /POFF<br />

PMD<br />

/PMD<br />

/LEND<br />

TD62503<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(1-D3)<br />

(2-C1)<br />

(2-A2)<br />

or KRC106S<br />

Q103<br />

DTC143ZKA<br />

1<br />

1 1<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

6/9<br />

MCU PWB (DRIVER SECTION 3)<br />

4 4<br />

(8-C3) OUT_A-<br />

(8-C3) OUT_A+<br />

(8-C3) OUT_B+<br />

(8-C3) OUT_B-<br />

R177<br />

2<br />

0.68J<br />

1W<br />

1<br />

(1-D3)<br />

3 I1 O1 (9-B3)<br />

4 NC<br />

5 NC<br />

(9-B3)<br />

(1-D3)<br />

6 I2<br />

10 NC<br />

(9-B3)<br />

(1-D3)<br />

11 I3<br />

12 NC<br />

(9-B3)<br />

13 NC<br />

(1-D3)<br />

17 GND<br />

2<br />

O2 7<br />

O3 9<br />

O4 16<br />

COM 1<br />

COM 8<br />

IC126<br />

DMT0 /DMT_0<br />

/DMT_1<br />

DMT1<br />

/DMT_2<br />

DMT2<br />

/DMT_3<br />

DMT3<br />

14 I4<br />

15<br />

24Vdup<br />

NC<br />

D109<br />

18 GND<br />

TD62064AF<br />

PGND<br />

MITJ22B<br />

24VM<br />

5V<br />

R178<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

R179<br />

1.5kJ<br />

1 2<br />

2 1<br />

D105 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

2 OUT 2A<br />

3 SENSE 2<br />

4 COMP 2<br />

5 OUT 2B<br />

6 GND<br />

7 GND<br />

8 I02<br />

9 I12<br />

10 PHASE 2<br />

11 VREF 2<br />

12 RC 2<br />

VSS 13<br />

RC 1 14<br />

VREF 1 15<br />

PHASE 1 16<br />

I11 17<br />

GND 18<br />

GND 19<br />

I01 20<br />

OUT 1B 21<br />

COMP 1 22<br />

SENSE 1 23<br />

VS 24<br />

IC127<br />

1 OUT 1A<br />

R180<br />

1.5kJ<br />

0.68J<br />

1W<br />

D108 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

D106 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

D107 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

C201<br />

820p<br />

MM_AI0<br />

PGND<br />

MM_AI1<br />

MM_PH_A<br />

MM_BI0<br />

MM_BI1<br />

MM_PH_B<br />

1 2<br />

C202<br />

820p<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

(2-A3)<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

5V<br />

1<br />

C204<br />

820p<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

C203<br />

820p<br />

2 1<br />

R181<br />

1kJ<br />

R183<br />

30kJ<br />

L6219DS<br />

R182<br />

30kJ<br />

2<br />

2<br />

For DSPF Model Only<br />

1<br />

PGND PGND<br />

C205<br />

0.1u<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

R186<br />

510J<br />

2 1<br />

R185<br />

1kJ<br />

2 1<br />

R184<br />

2kJ<br />

PGND<br />

5V<br />

PGND<br />

3 3<br />

MMref0<br />

MMref1<br />

MMref2<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(5-C1)<br />

CP201<br />

CP202<br />

0603FA1.5A<br />

0603FA1.5A<br />

1 2 1 2<br />

CP101<br />

24V CP102<br />

ICP-N38<br />

ICP-N38<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

C206<br />

1u/16V<br />

+<br />

1<br />

1<br />

C207<br />

0.1u<br />

PGND<br />

2<br />

2<br />

24Vdup<br />

24VM<br />

PGND<br />

C208<br />

47u/35V<br />

+<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

C210<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

C209<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

PGND<br />

C211 2200p<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

R191 7.5kJ<br />

R194 7.5kJ<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

C214 2200p<br />

1 2<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 6<br />

24V<br />

2 PGND<br />

2<br />

C215 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

C213<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

1<br />

1<br />

+<br />

C212<br />

10u/35V<br />

5V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

24VM<br />

C216<br />

OPEN<br />

R195<br />

1kJ<br />

2<br />

R197 1J 2W<br />

1 2<br />

R196<br />

750J<br />

1<br />

(9-A1)<br />

(9-A1)<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(9-E1)<br />

(9-D1)<br />

(9-D1)<br />

(9-E1)<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

23<br />

20<br />

25<br />

3<br />

24<br />

19<br />

12<br />

18<br />

26<br />

27<br />

17<br />

16<br />

2 1 2 1<br />

C217<br />

47u/16V +<br />

1<br />

PGND<br />

Vcc 17<br />

GND 8<br />

20 Rin OUT1<br />

18 Fin<br />

9<br />

OUT2 5<br />

VM 16<br />

21 VREF<br />

RNF 6<br />

19 PSAVE<br />

1 NC<br />

2 NC<br />

3 NC<br />

4 NC<br />

7 NC<br />

10 NC<br />

11 NC<br />

12 NC<br />

13 NC NC 14<br />

NC 15<br />

NC 22<br />

NC 23<br />

NC 24<br />

NC 25<br />

FIN FIN<br />

IC129<br />

2<br />

R187<br />

1kJ<br />

C218<br />

2200p<br />

R188<br />

1kJ<br />

R205<br />

47kJ<br />

1<br />

1<br />

D115 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

D114 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

D113 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

D112 OPEN<br />

1 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R199<br />

300J<br />

R204<br />

47kJ<br />

CrA Vmm<br />

CrB<br />

VsA<br />

RsA<br />

VrefA<br />

VrefB<br />

RsB<br />

VsB<br />

In /A<br />

In A<br />

In /B<br />

In B<br />

22<br />

OUT /A 1<br />

OUT A 4<br />

OUT /B 14<br />

OUT B 11<br />

PG 15<br />

PG 28<br />

IC128<br />

MTD1361/F<br />

R198 2.4kJ<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

R203 2.4kJ<br />

PGND<br />

TMB_O<br />

TMA_O<br />

(TM)<br />

(TM_)<br />

SPMT_2<br />

SPMT_0<br />

SPMT_3<br />

SPMT_1<br />

C222<br />

2200p<br />

C219<br />

+<br />

47u/16V<br />

C220<br />

0.1u<br />

R201<br />

1.2kJ R202<br />

100J<br />

R200<br />

620J<br />

2<br />

1 2<br />

R206 1J 2W<br />

PGND<br />

MRPS_1<br />

MRPS_2<br />

MRPS_3<br />

(5-C2)<br />

(5-C2)<br />

(5-C2)<br />

PGND<br />

C227<br />

OPEN<br />

1<br />

R207<br />

1kJ<br />

2<br />

2 1<br />

PGND<br />

BA6920FP<br />

1 2<br />

C232 OPEN<br />

PGND PGND<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

(SPMT2)<br />

(SPMT0)<br />

(SPMT3)<br />

(SPMT1)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

(4-D2)<br />

1 1<br />

For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

7/9<br />

MCU PWB (NOISE FILTER/PULL-UP SECTION)<br />

5V<br />

For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

4 D116<br />

D117<br />

D118<br />

4<br />

DAN202U DAN202U DAN202U<br />

VCC3<br />

or KDS121 or KDS121 or KDS121<br />

R208 R209 R210 R211 R212 R213<br />

10kJ 10kJ 10kJ 39kJ 10kJ 10kJ<br />

5V<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

(4-A2)<br />

(4-A2)<br />

(4-A2)<br />

(4-A3)<br />

(9-D1)<br />

(9-E1)<br />

(9-E1)<br />

(9-D3)<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

(4-A3)<br />

(4-A3)<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

D119<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

C233 C234 C235 C236 C237 C238 C239 C240 C241<br />

OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN OPEN<br />

(SDSW)<br />

(SPID)<br />

(SB4D)<br />

(PPD3)<br />

BR160<br />

1 8<br />

2 7<br />

3 6<br />

4 5<br />

1kJ<br />

R214 1 2 1kJ<br />

R216 1 2 1kJ<br />

SDSW<br />

SPID<br />

SB4D<br />

PPD3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

C250<br />

1<br />

C249<br />

1<br />

C248<br />

1<br />

C247<br />

1<br />

C246<br />

1<br />

C245<br />

1<br />

C244<br />

1<br />

C243<br />

1<br />

C242<br />

1<br />

(POD)<br />

(PMRDY)<br />

(9-C2) POD<br />

(9-A2) PMRDY<br />

R215<br />

20kJ<br />

D120<br />

1SS133<br />

1 2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

(4-A3)<br />

DSWS<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

C261 C262 C263 C264 C265<br />

1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p 1000p<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C260<br />

0.1u<br />

R218<br />

2.7kJ<br />

C259<br />

C258<br />

C257<br />

C256<br />

C255<br />

C254<br />

C253<br />

C252<br />

C251<br />

R217<br />

20kJ<br />

C266<br />

1000p<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

OPEN<br />

2<br />

2<br />

D121<br />

D122<br />

D123<br />

DAP202U DAP202U DAP202U<br />

or KDS120 or KDS120 or KDS120<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

(9-A3)<br />

2<br />

D124<br />

1SS133<br />

INT24V<br />

C275<br />

OPEN R219<br />

1 2<br />

0.22J 2W<br />

R220<br />

1kJ<br />

2W<br />

C274<br />

C273<br />

C272<br />

C271<br />

C270<br />

C269<br />

C268<br />

C267<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

OPEN<br />

24V1(DSWS)<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

3 PGND<br />

PGND<br />

3<br />

5V<br />

D125<br />

D126<br />

DAN202U DAN202U<br />

or KDS121 or KDS121<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

3<br />

3<br />

R224<br />

10kJ<br />

R223<br />

39kJ<br />

R222<br />

10kJ<br />

R221<br />

10kJ<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

BR161<br />

DVS1 (4-A3)<br />

(TCS) (4-A3)<br />

(MFD) (4-A3)<br />

(MMLD) (4-A3)<br />

8<br />

7<br />

6<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

DVSEL<br />

TCS<br />

MFD<br />

MMLD<br />

(9-C4)<br />

(9-C4)<br />

(9-C1)<br />

(9-A4)<br />

D127<br />

1SS133<br />

2 1<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 7<br />

(8-B4) 24VIN<br />

1kJ<br />

24V<br />

INT24V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C281<br />

1000p<br />

1<br />

C278 C279 C280<br />

1000p 1000p 1000p<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

R225<br />

68J 2W<br />

1 2<br />

+ C277<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

L123<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

C276<br />

47u/35V<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

D128<br />

D129<br />

DAP202U DAP202U<br />

or KDS120 or KDS120<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

INT5V<br />

IC130<br />

IN<br />

GND<br />

KIA7805<br />

1<br />

1<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

C283<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

+<br />

C282<br />

47u/35V<br />

2 OUT 3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2 2<br />

L126<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

VCC3<br />

3.3VIN<br />

(8-B4)<br />

12V<br />

(8-A4)<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

D131<br />

DAN202U<br />

or KDS121<br />

C285<br />

0.1u<br />

+<br />

L124<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

C284<br />

47u/25V<br />

12VIN<br />

VCC3<br />

5V<br />

C289<br />

0.1u<br />

+<br />

C287<br />

22u/16V<br />

D130<br />

D132<br />

DAN202U DAN202U<br />

or KDS121 or KDS121<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

R232<br />

3.3kJ<br />

BR162 1kJ<br />

PPD1<br />

1 8 (PPD1) (4-A3)<br />

PPD2<br />

2 7 (PPD2) (4-A3)<br />

SPPD 3 6 (SPPD) (1-D2)<br />

PSW<br />

4 5 (PSW) (1-D2)<br />

BR163 1kJ<br />

CED1<br />

1 8 (CED1) (4-A3)<br />

CED2<br />

2 7 (CED2) (4-A3)<br />

DRST<br />

3 6 (DRST) (4-A3)<br />

4 5<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R228<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R231<br />

7.5kJ<br />

R230<br />

7.5kJ<br />

(9-C3)<br />

(9-C2)<br />

(9-D1)<br />

(8-D4)<br />

(9-B4)<br />

(9-D3)<br />

(8-D4)<br />

(8-B4)<br />

(8-A4)<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

C294<br />

1000p<br />

D134<br />

DAP202U<br />

or KDS120<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R229<br />

7.5kJ<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R227<br />

39kJ<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

R226<br />

39kJ<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

L127<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

EN5V<br />

5VEN<br />

5V<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

+ C288<br />

0.1u<br />

L125<br />

ZJSR5101-223<br />

1 3<br />

C286<br />

22u/16V<br />

5VIN<br />

C295<br />

1000p<br />

C292<br />

1000p<br />

C290 C291 C293<br />

1000p 1000p 1000p<br />

C323<br />

0.1u<br />

+<br />

C322<br />

22u/16V<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1 1<br />

D135<br />

DAP202U<br />

or KDS120<br />

3<br />

D133<br />

DAP202U<br />

or KDS120<br />

3<br />

3<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

MCU PWB (CONNECTOR SECTION 1) 8/9<br />

To Power unit<br />

To Operational PWB<br />

5V<br />

4 4<br />

2 1<br />

2 1<br />

3<br />

R234<br />

10kJ<br />

R233<br />

10kJ<br />

D136<br />

DAN202U<br />

or KDS121<br />

INT24V<br />

2<br />

1<br />

(4-C4)<br />

(4-C4)<br />

5V<br />

EN5V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

1<br />

R235 1 2 1kJ<br />

R236 1 2 1kJ<br />

D137<br />

DAP202U<br />

or KDS120<br />

KIN2<br />

KIN1<br />

1 1<br />

2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18<br />

CN102<br />

18<br />

18FE-BT-VK-N<br />

C297<br />

1000p<br />

C296<br />

1000p<br />

(7-C1)<br />

(7-C1)<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1 2<br />

3 3<br />

(5-C4)<br />

5 5<br />

(5-C4)<br />

(5-C4)<br />

7 7<br />

(5-C4)<br />

9 9<br />

11 11<br />

(7-B1)<br />

(8-B2) (8-D3)<br />

13 13<br />

(7-A1)<br />

15 15<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(7-A2)<br />

17 17<br />

(7-A2)<br />

(4-C4)<br />

19 19<br />

(5-C3)<br />

21 21<br />

23<br />

(5-D2)<br />

23<br />

2<br />

4 4<br />

6 6<br />

8 8<br />

10 10<br />

12 12<br />

14 14<br />

16 16<br />

18 18<br />

20 20<br />

22 22<br />

24 24<br />

CN101<br />

/BIAS<br />

/TC<br />

/GRIDL<br />

/MC<br />

3.3VIN<br />

5VEN<br />

5VIN<br />

/POFF<br />

12VIN<br />

24VIN<br />

FW<br />

/PR<br />

HLOUT<br />

1<br />

DRST<br />

3<br />

PSW<br />

(OP_CLK)<br />

(OP_LATCH)<br />

(OP_DATA)<br />

(SELIN1)<br />

(SELIN2)<br />

(SELIN3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

(4-D3)<br />

5V<br />

B24B-PHDSS-B<br />

1<br />

C334<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

C335<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

R281<br />

4.7kJ<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1<br />

C298<br />

1000p<br />

Q107<br />

Q106<br />

Q110<br />

PGND PGND<br />

3<br />

3<br />

3<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

PSL (1-A2) ONL<br />

(1-A2)<br />

2<br />

BEO<br />

(1-D3)<br />

3 3<br />

DTC143ZKA<br />

DTC143ZKA<br />

or KRC106S or KRC106S<br />

DTC143ZKA<br />

or KRC106S<br />

To Mirror motor<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

CN103<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

3 3<br />

4 4<br />

B4B-PH-K-R<br />

OUT_A+<br />

OUT_B+<br />

OUT_A-<br />

OUT_B-<br />

(6-A4)<br />

(6-A4)<br />

(6-A4)<br />

(6-A4)<br />

To Scanner unit<br />

To Interface PWB<br />

(1-D3)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 8<br />

AFE_DB[7..0]<br />

(2-B3)<br />

VCC3<br />

VCC3<br />

EN5V<br />

EN5V<br />

12V<br />

2<br />

1<br />

D138<br />

3<br />

AFE_DB1<br />

AFE_DB3<br />

AFE_DB5<br />

AFE_DB7<br />

CN105<br />

AFE_DB0<br />

AFE_DB2<br />

AFE_DB4<br />

AFE_DB6<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

2<br />

1<br />

(1-D2) (2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-B4)<br />

(2-E1)<br />

VCL<br />

31 31<br />

29 29<br />

27 27<br />

25 25<br />

23 23<br />

21 21<br />

19 19<br />

17 17<br />

15 15<br />

13 13<br />

11 11<br />

9 9<br />

7 7<br />

5 5<br />

3 3<br />

1 1<br />

32<br />

30<br />

28<br />

26<br />

24<br />

22<br />

20<br />

18<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

32<br />

30<br />

28<br />

26<br />

24<br />

22<br />

20<br />

18<br />

16<br />

14<br />

12<br />

10<br />

8<br />

6<br />

4<br />

2<br />

R237<br />

1kJ<br />

mt_at_home<br />

2 2<br />

AFE_SEN (2-B4)<br />

AFE_SDI (2-B4)<br />

BSAMP (2-B4)<br />

VSAMP (2-B4)<br />

VCL<br />

Q108<br />

2SA1020<br />

or KTA1281<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

2 1<br />

R238<br />

10kJ<br />

1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D2)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(4-A3)<br />

2 1<br />

+ C300 C301<br />

47u/35V 0.1u/50V<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

1 2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

33<br />

34<br />

35<br />

FF4-32-S15D5<br />

AFE_SCK<br />

ADCLK<br />

CCD_PHI1<br />

CCD_PHI2<br />

CCD_CP<br />

CCD_RS<br />

CCD_TG<br />

CP203<br />

0603FA1.5A<br />

1 2<br />

CP103<br />

ICP-N38<br />

1 2<br />

L129<br />

220uH<br />

TWKA-221K<br />

R275<br />

15kJ<br />

D139<br />

11EQS06<br />

2 1<br />

C299<br />

47u/35V +<br />

CN104<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

33<br />

34<br />

35<br />

35FE-BT-VK-N<br />

USBIN<br />

D_CONT<br />

VPOUT<br />

VMOUT<br />

OEN<br />

RCV<br />

VPIN<br />

VMIN<br />

SUSPEND<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD[7..0]<br />

24V<br />

PGND<br />

/REV<br />

/FAULT<br />

/ACK<br />

BUSY<br />

PE<br />

SLCT<br />

/INIT<br />

/SLCTIN<br />

/AUTOFD<br />

/STB<br />

GDIIN<br />

R239<br />

470J<br />

VCC3<br />

(2-B4)<br />

Q109<br />

2SC1815<br />

or KTC3198<br />

C302 33p<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

R240<br />

15kJ R241<br />

56kJ<br />

IC131<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

CL<br />

/CL_RESET<br />

(1-D3)<br />

C329 OPEN<br />

1<br />

C330 OPEN<br />

1<br />

C331 OPEN<br />

1<br />

C332 OPEN<br />

1<br />

C333 OPEN<br />

1<br />

1 1<br />

2 1<br />

NC7S08M5X<br />

VCC3<br />

R290<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

2<br />

C328<br />

0.1u<br />

1<br />

PGND<br />

2<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A<br />

MCU PWB (CONNECTOR SECTION 2) 9/9<br />

24V<br />

1 1<br />

(7-C3)<br />

2 2<br />

(7-C3)<br />

3 3<br />

To Cover open detect<br />

To Main motor<br />

(7-C1)<br />

1 1<br />

4 4<br />

2 2 To Cassette detect<br />

3 3<br />

(5-C1)<br />

(7-C3)<br />

To DV unit<br />

1 1<br />

with CRUM<br />

3<br />

2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8<br />

INT24V<br />

CN106A<br />

4 4<br />

CN107<br />

8<br />

CN108<br />

TCS<br />

DVSEL<br />

CED1<br />

/MMD<br />

B4B-PH-K-R<br />

5V 5V<br />

MMLD<br />

B3B-PH-K-K<br />

D140<br />

C303<br />

24V VCC3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

C304<br />

1000p<br />

1<br />

1<br />

2 1<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

D141<br />

DAN202U<br />

or KDS121<br />

1000p<br />

08FE-BT-VK-N<br />

2<br />

2<br />

CN109<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

R242<br />

10kJ<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

R244<br />

1kJ<br />

2<br />

1<br />

(4-A2)<br />

1<br />

SDA<br />

SCL<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1 1 2<br />

3 3<br />

5 5<br />

7 7<br />

9 9<br />

2<br />

4 4<br />

6 6<br />

8 8<br />

10 10<br />

R272<br />

10J<br />

CN106B<br />

B10B-PHDSS-B<br />

2 1<br />

PGND<br />

(SDOD)<br />

C305<br />

1000p<br />

R273 300J<br />

1 2<br />

1 2<br />

R274 300J<br />

24V<br />

D142<br />

DAP202U<br />

or KDS120<br />

3<br />

To Cassette paper<br />

solenoid<br />

(5-C3)<br />

To Fan motor<br />

(5-C3)<br />

(5-C3)<br />

For CRUM Model Only<br />

CN110<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

3 3<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

/CPFS1<br />

For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

CN112<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

3 3<br />

4 4<br />

B4B-PH-K-S<br />

VFMOUT<br />

/VFMCNT<br />

1<br />

C307<br />

1000p<br />

1<br />

C306<br />

1000p<br />

2<br />

2<br />

3 3<br />

PGND<br />

CN117<br />

1 1 To Resist roller<br />

24Vdup<br />

(5-C3) /RRS<br />

2 2<br />

3 3 solenoid<br />

To 2nd. cassette<br />

CN114<br />

24V<br />

5V 24V<br />

B3B-PH-K-E<br />

1 2<br />

3<br />

5<br />

7<br />

9<br />

11<br />

13<br />

2<br />

4 4<br />

6 6<br />

8 8<br />

10 10<br />

12 12<br />

14 14<br />

CN115<br />

(5-C3)<br />

(6-D4)<br />

(6-D4)<br />

(6-D3)<br />

(6-D3)<br />

C309 1000p<br />

2 1<br />

C308 0.1u<br />

2 1<br />

1<br />

3<br />

5<br />

7<br />

9<br />

11<br />

13<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3 To Duplex motor<br />

4<br />

5<br />

B05B-XASK-1<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

24V<br />

/CPFS2<br />

/DMT_0<br />

/DMT_1<br />

/DMT_2<br />

/DMT_3<br />

5V<br />

PPD3<br />

(7-C4)<br />

To Interlock switch<br />

(7-B3)<br />

(7-C1)<br />

2 1<br />

B14B-PHDSS-B<br />

C311 1000p<br />

2 1<br />

C312 1000p<br />

2 1<br />

C310 1000p<br />

2 1<br />

To Paper pass detect<br />

R245<br />

390J<br />

1/4W<br />

CN111<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

3 3<br />

B3B-PH-K-R<br />

CN116<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

B2P-VH-R<br />

24V1(DSWS)<br />

CED2<br />

(7-C2)<br />

For DSPF Model Only<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

0.1u/50V<br />

PPD1<br />

1<br />

1<br />

Not mounted<br />

For debug<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 9<br />

C314<br />

2<br />

C313<br />

2<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

For DSPF Model Only<br />

R246<br />

390J<br />

CN118<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

VCC3 5V<br />

5V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5V<br />

(1-D3)<br />

D143<br />

To LSU 24V<br />

2<br />

CN113<br />

3<br />

B4B-PH-K-S<br />

1 1<br />

2 1<br />

(7-C4)<br />

2 2 To Paper out detect<br />

2<br />

INT5V<br />

POD<br />

3 3<br />

1/4W<br />

2 1<br />

TxD1<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

VCC3<br />

To SPF unit<br />

For JTAG<br />

24VM<br />

24V<br />

5V<br />

CN119<br />

DA204K<br />

or KDS226<br />

1 1 2 2<br />

3 3 4 4<br />

(2-A2) /VIDEO<br />

5 5 6 6<br />

SHOLD (5-D1)<br />

7 7 8 8<br />

(5-C2)<br />

9 9 10 10<br />

1 2<br />

/LDEN<br />

/SYNC (4-C4)<br />

11 11 12 12<br />

R282 1kJ<br />

13 13 14 14<br />

PMCLK_A (5-C2)<br />

(7-C4) PMRDY<br />

15 15 16 16<br />

/PMD (5-C1)<br />

17 17 18 18<br />

5V<br />

5V<br />

R250<br />

10kJ<br />

1 1 2<br />

3 3<br />

5 5<br />

7 7<br />

9 9<br />

2<br />

4 4<br />

6 6<br />

8 8<br />

10 10<br />

CN121<br />

2 1<br />

R249<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

R248<br />

10kJ<br />

2 1<br />

B18B-PHDSS-B<br />

2 1<br />

R251<br />

150J<br />

1/4W<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-C4)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(2-D1)<br />

(6-C2)<br />

(6-C2)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(5-B2)<br />

(6-C2)<br />

(6-C2)<br />

To HL unit<br />

(7-C2)<br />

(5-D3)<br />

(7-C4)<br />

(7-C4)<br />

1 1<br />

3 3<br />

5 5<br />

7 7<br />

9 9<br />

11 11<br />

13 13<br />

15 15<br />

17 17<br />

19 19<br />

21 21<br />

23 23<br />

2 2<br />

4 4 6 6 8 8 10 10 12 12 14 14 16 16 18 18 20 20 22 22 24<br />

CN122<br />

24<br />

R247<br />

390J<br />

1/4W<br />

CN120<br />

1 1<br />

2 2<br />

3 3<br />

4 4<br />

5 5<br />

B5B-PH-K-S<br />

2 1<br />

JTG_TCK<br />

JTG_TDO<br />

JTG_TMS<br />

JTG_TDI<br />

PGND<br />

SPMT_2<br />

SPMT_1<br />

/SGS<br />

/SRRC<br />

/SPFS<br />

/SPUS<br />

SPMT_0<br />

SPMT_3<br />

PPD2<br />

RTH_IN<br />

9204B-2-10<br />

SB4D<br />

SPID<br />

SDSW<br />

SPPD<br />

(7-C4)<br />

(7-C2)<br />

B24B-PHDSS-B<br />

For checker<br />

CN124<br />

5V<br />

(6-B2) TMA_O<br />

1 1<br />

(6-B2) TMB_O<br />

2 2 To Toner motor<br />

CN125<br />

1 1<br />

R253 24V<br />

1 (1-B1)<br />

2 2<br />

B2P-VH<br />

CPUNRST<br />

390J<br />

1<br />

(1-B3) SDA<br />

SDA 3 3<br />

1/4W<br />

CN123<br />

For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

(1-B3) SCL<br />

SCL 4 4<br />

1 1<br />

5 5<br />

(5-C3) /MPFS<br />

2 2 To Multi unit<br />

6 6<br />

3 3<br />

(7-C3) MFD<br />

4 4<br />

5 5<br />

B6B-PH-K-S<br />

B5B-PH-K-R<br />

2 1<br />

E<br />

D<br />

C<br />

B<br />

A


<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 10<br />

LEDM<br />

f1<br />

e1<br />

a1<br />

g1<br />

d1<br />

b1<br />

c1<br />

a2<br />

g2<br />

d2<br />

f2<br />

e2<br />

b2<br />

c2<br />

a3<br />

g3<br />

d3<br />

e3<br />

b3<br />

c3<br />

LEDM<br />

f3<br />

OP-CLK<br />

OP-DATA<br />

DRST<br />

DRST<br />

OP-LATCH<br />

KIN1<br />

KIN2<br />

SELIN3<br />

SELIN2<br />

ONL<br />

PSL<br />

5VEN<br />

PSW<br />

SELIN1<br />

D-GND<br />

5V<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

OP-STB<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

/Q3<br />

33<br />

/Q4<br />

34<br />

/Q5<br />

36<br />

/Q6<br />

37<br />

/Q7<br />

38<br />

/Q9<br />

40<br />

/Q10<br />

41<br />

/Q11<br />

42<br />

/Q17<br />

1<br />

/Q18<br />

2<br />

/Q19<br />

3<br />

/Q20<br />

4<br />

/Q21<br />

6<br />

/Q22<br />

7<br />

/Q23<br />

8<br />

/Q24<br />

9<br />

/Q25<br />

10<br />

/Q26<br />

11<br />

/Q12<br />

43<br />

/Q13<br />

45<br />

/Q14<br />

46<br />

/Q15<br />

47<br />

/Q8<br />

39<br />

/Q2<br />

32<br />

/Q1<br />

31<br />

VCC<br />

63<br />

/STROBE<br />

51<br />

BEO<br />

49<br />

/LATCH<br />

50<br />

S IN<br />

30<br />

CLOCK<br />

64<br />

S OUT<br />

19<br />

GND1<br />

5<br />

GND2<br />

14<br />

GND3<br />

35<br />

GND4<br />

44<br />

GND5<br />

62<br />

/Q31<br />

17<br />

/Q30<br />

16<br />

/Q29<br />

15<br />

/Q28<br />

13<br />

/Q27<br />

12<br />

/Q32<br />

18<br />

/Q16<br />

48<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

D0<br />

4<br />

D1<br />

3<br />

D2<br />

2<br />

D3<br />

1<br />

D4<br />

15<br />

D5<br />

14<br />

D6<br />

13<br />

D7<br />

12<br />

A<br />

11<br />

B<br />

10<br />

C<br />

9<br />

G 7<br />

W<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

5<br />

D0<br />

4<br />

D1<br />

3<br />

D2<br />

2<br />

D3<br />

1<br />

D4<br />

15<br />

D5<br />

14<br />

D6<br />

13<br />

D7<br />

12<br />

A<br />

11<br />

B<br />

10<br />

C<br />

9<br />

G 7<br />

W<br />

6<br />

Y<br />

VCC<br />

GND<br />

VCC<br />

GND<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

PE<br />

C317<br />

200PF<br />

C312<br />

1000p<br />

C319<br />

200PF<br />

TPL<br />

C322<br />

N.M.<br />

C302<br />

1000p<br />

C320<br />

N.M.<br />

ME<br />

R357 1KJ<br />

R349<br />

120J<br />

RPL<br />

C321<br />

N.M.<br />

R362 510J<br />

R310 100J<br />

R352 1KJ<br />

AE<br />

C305<br />

1000p<br />

R356 510J<br />

JPL<br />

R313 100J<br />

R317 1KJ<br />

EXD<br />

R312 100J<br />

EXN<br />

D304<br />

1SS133<br />

R308 100J<br />

EXL<br />

D305<br />

1SS133<br />

R321 100J<br />

D302<br />

1SS133<br />

CS1L<br />

R324 100J<br />

EXMODK<br />

BPL<br />

D303<br />

1SS133<br />

R319 100J<br />

D307<br />

1SS133<br />

R332<br />

120J<br />

R302 100J<br />

R329<br />

120J<br />

D309<br />

1SS133<br />

R336 100J<br />

D310<br />

1SS133<br />

R333<br />

120J<br />

C327<br />

200PF<br />

R322 100J<br />

D306<br />

1SS133<br />

R328<br />

120J<br />

EXUPK<br />

R318 100J<br />

R330<br />

120J<br />

D308<br />

1SS133<br />

OLK<br />

Q301<br />

KRA225S<br />

1UPK<br />

R341<br />

120J<br />

D301<br />

1SS133<br />

SCNK<br />

R345<br />

120J<br />

R316<br />

4.7KJ<br />

R342<br />

120J<br />

C309<br />

1000p<br />

C324<br />

N.M.<br />

R315<br />

4.7KJ<br />

C318<br />

22000PF<br />

R335 1KJ<br />

R311<br />

4.7KJ<br />

R344<br />

120J<br />

Q303<br />

KRA225S<br />

R340 1KJ<br />

R346<br />

120J<br />

R355<br />

4.7KJ<br />

ZUPK<br />

R347<br />

120J<br />

R323<br />

4.7KJ R348<br />

120J<br />

R338 1KJ<br />

R325<br />

4.7KJ<br />

R343<br />

120J<br />

g1<br />

R320<br />

4.7KJ<br />

Q302<br />

KRA225S<br />

f1<br />

R303<br />

4.7KJ<br />

R360 1KJ<br />

e1<br />

DUPK<br />

R337<br />

4.7KJ<br />

LC7935AN<br />

IC303<br />

d1<br />

R305<br />

4.7KJ<br />

c1<br />

MAGK<br />

R306<br />

4.7KJ<br />

g3<br />

b1<br />

R327 100J<br />

g2<br />

a1<br />

R301<br />

4.7KJ<br />

f3<br />

DAA2<br />

C304<br />

1000p<br />

SJAL<br />

C303<br />

1000p<br />

CLK<br />

ZPL<br />

C314<br />

1000p<br />

SCNL<br />

R331<br />

120J<br />

R309 100J<br />

R361<br />

120J<br />

R307<br />

4.7KJ<br />

e3<br />

SPFL<br />

C306<br />

1000p<br />

d3<br />

CS2L<br />

CRSK<br />

R354 470J<br />

R326<br />

4.7KJ<br />

c3<br />

3RE<br />

R353 470J<br />

R314 100J<br />

b3<br />

2RE<br />

10UPK<br />

N.M.(MPL)<br />

a3<br />

1RE<br />

C301<br />

47uF/16V<br />

DU21<br />

NOR<br />

ONLL<br />

C325<br />

22000PF<br />

PSW<br />

1ENR<br />

CN302<br />

S3B-PH-K-S<br />

f2<br />

IC302<br />

74HC151<br />

R334<br />

120J<br />

R350 150J<br />

d2<br />

ZDWK<br />

IC301<br />

74HC151<br />

e2<br />

R358 150J<br />

c2<br />

2ENR<br />

C323<br />

0.1uF<br />

CN301<br />

18FE-ST-VK-N<br />

b2<br />

C311<br />

0.1uF<br />

C313<br />

1000p<br />

a2<br />

C315<br />

1000p<br />

DAA1<br />

C326<br />

200PF<br />

C307<br />

1000p<br />

BPK<br />

DPL<br />

R351 150J<br />

C308<br />

1000p<br />

DU22<br />

R304<br />

1.5KJ<br />

C310<br />

1000p<br />

EXDWK<br />

PML<br />

R359<br />

1.5KJ<br />

C316<br />

1000p<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

+5V<br />

5VEN<br />

ONL<br />

PSL<br />

ONL<br />

PSL<br />

5VEN<br />

2. OPERATION PWB<br />

A<br />

A<br />

B<br />

B<br />

C<br />

C<br />

D<br />

D<br />

E<br />

E<br />

4 4<br />

3 3<br />

2 2<br />

1 1


3. POWER SUPPLY<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H<br />

1<br />

POWER SUPPLY (120V/127V)<br />

2 3 4 5 6<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 11


6 7 8 9 10 11<br />

6 7 8 9 10 11<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 12<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H


A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H<br />

1<br />

POWER SUPPLY (220V/240V)<br />

2 3 4 5 6<br />

4. NOISE FILTER CIRCUIT<br />

1 2 3 4 5 6<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 13


6 7 8 9 10 11<br />

6 7 8 9 10 11<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 14<br />

A<br />

B<br />

C<br />

D<br />

E<br />

F<br />

G<br />

H


<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 15<br />

5. ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM<br />

ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 1/7<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

CN104<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

33<br />

34<br />

35<br />

CN119<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

PPD2 sensorPWB 1<br />

2 CN120<br />

3<br />

2<br />

1<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

CN123<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

B5B-PH-K-R<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

For DSPF Model Only For S<br />

B18B-PHDSS-B<br />

B24B-PHDSS-B<br />

B5B-PH-K-S<br />

B5B-XASK-1<br />

B2P-VH-S<br />

B4B-PH-K-S<br />

08FE-BT-VK-N<br />

/VFMCNT<br />

MFD<br />

D-GND<br />

24V<br />

/MPFS<br />

PULUP5V<br />

VFMOUT<br />

/MMD<br />

MMLD<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

INT24V<br />

INT24V<br />

PGND<br />

B3B-PH-K-B<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

B3B-PH-K-K<br />

B14B-PHDSS-B<br />

PGND<br />

/DMT_2<br />

/DMT_1<br />

/DMT_0<br />

24Vdup<br />

5V<br />

SB4D<br />

SDSW<br />

D-GND<br />

SPID<br />

PULUP5V<br />

D-GND<br />

SPPD<br />

CN107<br />

CN114<br />

/DMT_3<br />

PULUP5V<br />

PPD2<br />

D-GND<br />

RTH_IN<br />

24V<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

P-GND<br />

PMCLK_A<br />

PMRDY<br />

/PMD<br />

P-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

/LDEN<br />

/SYNC<br />

D-GND<br />

/VIDEO<br />

SHOLD<br />

PULUP5V<br />

POD<br />

D-GND<br />

CN113<br />

PGND<br />

CN124<br />

CN112<br />

TMB-<br />

TMA-<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

VCC3<br />

EN5V<br />

EN5V<br />

USBIN<br />

D_CONT<br />

VPOUT<br />

VMOUT<br />

OEN<br />

RCV<br />

VPIN<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

VMIN<br />

SUSPEND<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

/REV<br />

/FAULT<br />

/AUTOFD<br />

/STB<br />

/ACK<br />

BUSY<br />

PE<br />

SLCT<br />

24V<br />

/RRS<br />

/CPFS2<br />

24V<br />

5V<br />

CN117<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

PPD3<br />

24V<br />

/CPFS1<br />

CN110<br />

CED1<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

CN108<br />

CED2<br />

D-GND<br />

CN115<br />

RTH_IN<br />

GDIIN<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

PULUP5V<br />

PPD2<br />

D-GND<br />

INT5V<br />

35FE-BT-VK-N<br />

/INT<br />

/SLCTIN<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

MCU<br />

interface<br />

PWB<br />

(GDI)<br />

(USB)<br />

LSU<br />

(POLYGON MT)<br />

FAN<br />

MT<br />

MAIN<br />

MT<br />

DUPLEX<br />

MT<br />

TONER<br />

MT<br />

2nd<br />

cassette<br />

Cassette paper<br />

Solenoide<br />

Resist roller<br />

Solenoide<br />

Cassette detect<br />

Paper out<br />

detecter<br />

Fuser unit<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> Paper<br />

Feeding unit<br />

Thermisto<br />

*C<br />

*F<br />

*E


<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 16<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

CN102<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

CN105<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

25<br />

26<br />

27<br />

28<br />

29<br />

30<br />

31<br />

32<br />

CN106<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

CN101<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

6<br />

7<br />

8<br />

9<br />

10<br />

11<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

20<br />

21<br />

22<br />

23<br />

24<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

1<br />

2<br />

For DSPF Model Only For SPF/DSPF Model Only<br />

For DSPF Model Only<br />

B24B-PHDSS-B<br />

B24B-PHDSS-B<br />

B5B-XASK-1<br />

CN109<br />

B2P-VH-R<br />

B4B-PH-K-R<br />

/GRIDL<br />

/TC<br />

/BIAS<br />

INT24V<br />

D-GND<br />

FE4-32-S15D5<br />

18FE-BT-VK-N<br />

B3B-PH-K-K<br />

B14B-PHDSS-B<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

VCL<br />

VCL<br />

/DMT_2<br />

/DMT_1<br />

/DMT_0<br />

24Vdup<br />

5V<br />

SB4D<br />

SDSW<br />

D-GND<br />

SPID<br />

PULUP5V<br />

D-GND<br />

SPPD<br />

24V<br />

/SPUS<br />

24V<br />

/SRRC<br />

24V<br />

/SPFS<br />

CN114<br />

/DMT_3<br />

5V<br />

24VM<br />

CN122<br />

24VM<br />

B3B-PH-K-S<br />

SPMT-0<br />

SPMT-2<br />

SPMT-3<br />

SPMT-1<br />

24V<br />

/SGS<br />

PGND<br />

D-GND<br />

/MC<br />

5VIN<br />

3.3VIN<br />

5VEN<br />

3.3VIN<br />

D-GND<br />

PGND<br />

PGND<br />

HLOUT<br />

/PR<br />

24VIN<br />

FW<br />

24VIN<br />

12VIN<br />

/POFF<br />

24V<br />

TCS<br />

DVSEL<br />

D-GND<br />

CCD-RS<br />

CCD-CP<br />

AFE_SDI<br />

BSAMP<br />

(mt_at_home)<br />

AFE_DB7<br />

12V<br />

12V<br />

EN5V<br />

B4B-PH-K-R<br />

D-GND<br />

(ONL)<br />

(PSL)<br />

EN5V<br />

D-GND<br />

SELIN3<br />

VSAMP<br />

CCD-TG<br />

ADCLK<br />

AFE_SEN<br />

CCD-PHI2<br />

D-GND<br />

CCD-PHI1<br />

AFE_SCK<br />

D-GND<br />

AFE_DB3<br />

AFE_DB2<br />

AFE_DB1<br />

AFE_DB0<br />

AFE_DB5<br />

AFE_DB6<br />

D-GND<br />

AFE_DB4<br />

CN116<br />

24V1(DSWS)<br />

24V<br />

D-GND<br />

(SDOD)<br />

/CPFS2<br />

24V<br />

5V<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

PPD3<br />

CN111<br />

CED1<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

CN108<br />

CED2<br />

D-GND<br />

CN115<br />

PULUP5V<br />

PPD1<br />

D-GND<br />

B3B-PH-K-R<br />

SELIN2<br />

SELIN1<br />

(KIN2)<br />

PSW<br />

5V<br />

OP-DATA<br />

OP-LATCH<br />

OP-CLK<br />

(BEO)<br />

(KIN1)<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

OUT_A+<br />

OUT_B+<br />

OUT_A-<br />

OUT_B-<br />

CN103<br />

DRST<br />

MCU<br />

Power<br />

unit<br />

Scanner<br />

(CCD)<br />

Scanner<br />

MT<br />

DUPLEX<br />

MT<br />

2nd<br />

cassette<br />

DV<br />

INTERLOCK SW<br />

(SIDE DOOR SW)<br />

SPF<br />

UNIT<br />

Cassette detect Paper pass detect<br />

Cover open<br />

detecter<br />

Operational PWB<br />

*D<br />

*A<br />

*B<br />

*B<br />

*E<br />

*A – E have detail view


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 2/7 (POWER UNIT)<br />

A<br />

CN106<br />

24V<br />

TCS<br />

DVSEL<br />

D-GND<br />

B4B-PH-K-R<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

1<br />

CN101<br />

CN10<br />

1 DV-BIAS<br />

2 F-GND<br />

CN6<br />

INT24V 1<br />

1 INT24V<br />

INT24V 2<br />

2 INT24V<br />

3<br />

4<br />

3<br />

4<br />

HIGH VOLTAGE<br />

/BIAS 5<br />

5 /BIAS POWER SUPPLY UNIT<br />

/TC<br />

6<br />

6 /TC<br />

/GRIDL 7<br />

7 /GRIDL<br />

/MC<br />

8<br />

8 /MC<br />

D-GND 9<br />

PGND 10<br />

D-GND 11 CN101 CN002<br />

3.3VIN 12 1 D-GND<br />

HLL<br />

1<br />

5VEN 13 2 PGND<br />

2 1 HLL<br />

3.3VIN 14 3 D-GND<br />

3 2 HLN<br />

5VIN 15 4 3.3VIN<br />

HLN 4<br />

/POFF 16 5 5VEN<br />

12VIN<br />

24VIN<br />

FW<br />

17<br />

18<br />

19<br />

6 3.3VIN<br />

7 5VIN<br />

8 /POFF<br />

LOW VOLTAGE<br />

POWER SUPPLY UNIT<br />

24VIN 20 9 12VIN<br />

/PR 21 10 24VIN<br />

HLOUT 22 11 FW<br />

PGND 23 12 24VIN<br />

CN001<br />

PGND 24 13 /PR<br />

L<br />

1 AC-ORD<br />

B24B-PHDSS<br />

14 HLOUT<br />

15 PGND<br />

16 PGND<br />

N<br />

2<br />

MC-OUT<br />

DV UNIT<br />

1<br />

TC-OUT<br />

1<br />

BC-OUT<br />

1<br />

2<br />

MC-CASE<br />

GRID<br />

POWER UNIT<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 17<br />

Thermostat<br />

Heater<br />

Lamp


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 3/7 (SCANNER UNIT)<br />

B<br />

B<br />

CN105 CN1 JP1<br />

PGND 1 1 PGND<br />

PGND 1<br />

PGND 2 2 PGND<br />

VCL 2<br />

VCL 3<br />

3 VCL<br />

VCL 4<br />

4 VCL<br />

12V 5<br />

5 12V<br />

12V 6<br />

6 12V<br />

D-GND 7<br />

7 D-GND<br />

AFE_OBE 8<br />

8 AFE_OBE<br />

VSAMP 9<br />

9 VSAMP<br />

CCD-TG 10 10 CCD-TG<br />

D-GND 11 11 D-GND<br />

CCD-RS 12 12 CCD-RS<br />

BSAMP 13 13 BSAMP<br />

CCD-CP 14 14 CCD-CP<br />

AFE_SDI 15 15 AFE_SDI<br />

CCD-PHI2 16<br />

D-GND 17<br />

16<br />

17<br />

CCD-PHI2<br />

D-GND<br />

CCD PWB<br />

CCD-PHI1 18 18 CCD-PHI1<br />

AFE_SEN 19 19 AFE_SEN<br />

ADCLK 20 20 ADCLK<br />

D-GND 21 21 D-GND<br />

AFE_SCK 22 22 AFE_SCK<br />

AFE_DB7 23 23 AFE_DB7<br />

(mt_at_home) 24 24(mt_at_home)<br />

AFE_DB5 25 25 AFE_DB5<br />

AFE_DB6 26 26 AFE_DB6<br />

D-GND 27 27 D-GND<br />

AFE_DB4 28 28 AFE_DB4<br />

AFE_DB3 29 29 AFE_DB3<br />

AFE_DB2 30 30 AFE_DB2<br />

AFE_DB1 31 31 AFE_DB1<br />

AFE_DB0 32<br />

FE4-32-S15D5<br />

32 AFE_DB0<br />

SUCANNER UNIT<br />

CN102 CN301 CN302<br />

D-GND 1 1 D-GND<br />

DRST 1<br />

(ONL) 2 2 (ONL)<br />

2<br />

(PSL) 3 3 (PSL)<br />

D-GND 3<br />

5VEN 4<br />

4 5VEN<br />

D-GND 5<br />

5 D-GND<br />

SELIN3 6<br />

6 SELIN3<br />

SELIN2 7<br />

7 SELIN2<br />

SELIN1<br />

OP-DATA<br />

8<br />

9<br />

8<br />

9<br />

SELIN1<br />

OP-DATA OPERATION<br />

OP-LATCH 10<br />

OP-CLK 11<br />

10<br />

11<br />

OP-LATCH<br />

OP-CLK<br />

PANEL PWB<br />

(BEO) 12 12 (BEO)<br />

(KIN1) 13 13 (KIN1)<br />

(KIN2) 14 14 (KIN2)<br />

PSW 15 15 PSW<br />

5V 16 16<br />

5V<br />

DRST 17 17 DRST<br />

D-GND 18<br />

18FE-BT-VK-N<br />

18 D-GND<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 18<br />

INVERTER<br />

LAMP<br />

LAMP<br />

DRM RESET SW


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 4/7 (INTERFACE)<br />

C C<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 19<br />

CN1<br />

V5<br />

D-<br />

D+<br />

GND<br />

USB_CN<br />

CN104 CN2 CN3<br />

D-GND 1 35 D-GND<br />

/D STB 1<br />

D-GND 2 34 D-GND<br />

DATA0 2<br />

VCC3 3 33 VCC3<br />

DATA1 3<br />

EN5V 4 32 EN5V<br />

DATA2 4<br />

EN5V 5 31 EN5V<br />

DATA3 5<br />

USBIN 6 30 USBIN<br />

DATA4 6<br />

D_CONT 7 29 D_CONT<br />

DATA5 7<br />

VPOUT 8 28 VPOUT<br />

DATA6 8<br />

VMOUT 9 27 VMOUT<br />

DATA7 9<br />

OEN 10 26 OEN<br />

/ACK 10<br />

RCV 11 25 RCV<br />

BUSY 11<br />

VPIN 12 24 VPIN<br />

PE<br />

12<br />

VMIN 13 23 VMIN<br />

SLCT 13<br />

SUSPEND 14 22 SUSPEND<br />

/AUTOFD 14<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD0 15 21 P<strong>AR</strong>AD0<br />

15<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

16<br />

17<br />

20 P<strong>AR</strong>AD1<br />

19 P<strong>AR</strong>AD2<br />

interface PWB<br />

SG<br />

FG<br />

16<br />

17<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD3 18 18 P<strong>AR</strong>AD3<br />

PLHOUT 18<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD4 19 17 P<strong>AR</strong>AD4<br />

D-GND 19<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD5 20 16 P<strong>AR</strong>AD5<br />

D-GND 20<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD6 21 15 P<strong>AR</strong>AD6<br />

D-GND 21<br />

P<strong>AR</strong>AD7 22 14 P<strong>AR</strong>AD7<br />

D-GND 22<br />

/REV 23 13 /REV<br />

D-GND 23<br />

/FAULT 24 12 /FAULT<br />

D-GND 24<br />

/ACK 25 11 /ACK<br />

D-GND 25<br />

BUSY 26 10 BUSY<br />

D-GND 26<br />

PE<br />

27 9 PE<br />

D-GND 27<br />

SLCT 28 8 SLCT<br />

D-GND 28<br />

/INT 29 7 /INT<br />

D-GND 29<br />

/SLCTIN 30 6 /SLCTIN<br />

D-GND 30<br />

/AUTOFD 31 5 /AUTOFD<br />

/INT 31<br />

/STB 32 4 /STB<br />

/FAULT 32<br />

GDIIN 33 3 GDIIN<br />

D-GND 33<br />

D-GND 34 2 D-GND<br />

34<br />

D-GND 35 1 D-GND<br />

HLHIN 35<br />

35FE-BT-VK-N<br />

35FE-BT-VK-N /SLCTIN<br />

IEEE1284_CN<br />

36<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 5/7 (SPF, R-SPF UNIT)<br />

D<br />

D<br />

CN105<br />

D-GND<br />

SPPD<br />

1<br />

2<br />

/SPUS<br />

24V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

PU SOLENOID<br />

D-GND 3<br />

PULUP5V 4<br />

PULUP5V 1<br />

SPID 5<br />

D-GND 2<br />

SPF SENSOR<br />

SDSW 6<br />

SPPD 3<br />

SB4D 7<br />

5V 8<br />

9 CN101<br />

10 D-GND 1 5 D-GND<br />

/SPUS 11 SDSW 2<br />

4 SDSW<br />

24V 12 SPID 3<br />

3 SPID<br />

13 4 2<br />

14<br />

15<br />

16<br />

17<br />

18<br />

5V 5 1 5V<br />

SPMT-1 19 SPMT-3 1<br />

SPMT-3 20 24VM 2<br />

SPMT-2 21 SPMT-1 3<br />

SPF<br />

SPMT-0 22 SPMT-0 4<br />

MOTOR<br />

24VM 23 24VM 5<br />

24VM 24 SPMT-2 6<br />

24V<br />

/SGS<br />

24V<br />

/SRRC<br />

24V<br />

/SPFS<br />

CN105<br />

D-GND<br />

SPPD<br />

1<br />

2<br />

/SPUS<br />

24V<br />

1<br />

2<br />

PU SOLENOID<br />

D-GND 3<br />

PULUP5V 4<br />

PULUP5V 1<br />

SPID 5<br />

D-GND 2<br />

SPF SENSOR<br />

SDSW 6<br />

SPPD 3<br />

SB4D 7<br />

5V 8<br />

9 CN101<br />

10 D-GND 1 5 D-GND<br />

/SPUS 11 SDSW 2<br />

4 SDSW<br />

24V 12 SPID 3<br />

3 SPID<br />

/SPFS 13 4 2<br />

24V 14 5V 5 1 5V<br />

/SRRC 15<br />

24V 16<br />

/SGS 17<br />

24V 18<br />

SPMT-1 19 SPMT-0 1<br />

SPMT-3 20 24VM 2<br />

SPMT-2 21 SPMT-2 3<br />

SPF<br />

SPMT-0 22 SPMT-3 4<br />

MOTOR<br />

24VM 23 24VM 5<br />

24VM 24 SPMT-1 6<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

1<br />

2<br />

G-SOLENOID<br />

TRANSPORT<br />

CLUCH<br />

R-SOLENOID<br />

SPF UNIT<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 20<br />

SPF<br />

SENSOR PWB<br />

SPF<br />

SENSOR PWB<br />

R-SPF UNIT


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 6/7 (2ND PAPER FEEDING UNIT)<br />

E<br />

E<br />

CN115<br />

/CPFS2<br />

24V<br />

5V<br />

PPD3<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

D-GND<br />

OED2<br />

D-GND<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3 /CPFS2 1<br />

4<br />

5<br />

24V 2<br />

6 OED2 1<br />

7<br />

8<br />

D-GND 2<br />

9 D-GND 1<br />

10 PPD3 2<br />

11 5V 3<br />

12<br />

13<br />

14<br />

CN115<br />

/CPFS2 1 1 /CPFS2 14<br />

24V 2 2 24V 13<br />

3 3 12 /CPFS2 1<br />

5V 4 4 5V 11 24V 2<br />

5 5 10<br />

6 6 9 OED2 1<br />

PPD3 7 7 PPD3 8 D-GND 2<br />

D-GND 8 8 D-GND 7<br />

9 9 6 D-GND 1<br />

D-GND 10 10 D-GND 5 PPD3 2<br />

11 11 4 5V 3<br />

D-GND 12 12 D-GND 3<br />

OED2 13 13 OED2 2<br />

D-GND 14 14 D-GND 1<br />

2nd Paper feeding unit<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 21<br />

PF SOLENOID<br />

TRAY DETECT<br />

SWITCH<br />

PHOTO SENSOR<br />

PF SOLENOID<br />

TRAY DETECT<br />

SWITCH<br />

PHOTO SENSOR<br />

2nd Paper feeding unit (OPTION)


ACTUAL WIRING DIAGRAM 7/7 (MANUAL PAPER FEEDING UNIT)<br />

F<br />

CN123<br />

24V<br />

/MPFS<br />

B5B-PH-K-R<br />

CN123<br />

PULUP5V<br />

MFD<br />

D-GND<br />

B5B-PH-K-R<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

1<br />

2<br />

3<br />

4<br />

5<br />

Multi feeding<br />

solenoid<br />

Multi <strong>Manual</strong> Paper Feeding unit<br />

MFD sensor PWB<br />

Single <strong>Manual</strong> Paper Feeding unit<br />

<strong>Manual</strong> Paper Feeding unit<br />

<strong>AR</strong>-<strong>122E</strong>/<strong>152E</strong>/<strong>153E</strong>/<strong>157E</strong> CIRCUIT DIAGRAM 14 - 22


CAUTION FOR BATTERY DISPOSAL<br />

(For USA,CANADA)<br />

Contains lithium-ion battery. Must be disposed of properly.<br />

Remove the battery from the product and contact<br />

federal or state environmental<br />

agencies for information on recycling and disposal options.


COPYRIGHT c<br />

2002 BY SH<strong>AR</strong>P CORPORATION<br />

All rights reserved.<br />

Printed in Japan.<br />

No part of this publication may be reproduced,<br />

stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted,<br />

in any form or by any means,<br />

electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,<br />

without prior written permission of the publisher.<br />

Trademark acknowledgments<br />

Windows and Windows NT are trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A.<br />

and other countries.<br />

IBM and PC/AT are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation.<br />

PCL is a trademark of Hewlett-Packard Company.<br />

Pentium is a registered trademark of Intel Corporation.<br />

All other trademarks and copyrights are the property of their respective owners.<br />

SH<strong>AR</strong>P CORPORATION<br />

Digital Document System Group<br />

Products Quality Assurance Department<br />

Yamatokoriyama, Nara 639-1186, Japan<br />

2002 July Printed in Japan

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!